File Index Symbol Index

#ifndef _INC_COMMCTRL
#define _INC_COMMCTRL
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200)
#pragma warning(push) #pragma once
#endif
#include <winapifamily.h>
#pragma region Desktop Family
#if WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP)
#ifndef _HRESULT_DEFINED
#define _HRESULT_DEFINED
typedef _Return_type_success_(return >= 0) long HRESULT;
#endif // !_HRESULT_DEFINED
#ifndef NOUSER
//
// Define API decoration for direct importing of DLL references.
//
#ifndef WINCOMMCTRLAPI
#if !defined(_COMCTL32_) && defined(_WIN32)
#define WINCOMMCTRLAPI DECLSPEC_IMPORT
#else
#define WINCOMMCTRLAPI
#endif
#endif // WINCOMMCTRLAPI
//
// For compilers that don't support nameless unions
//
#ifndef DUMMYUNIONNAME
#ifdef NONAMELESSUNION
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME u
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME2 u2
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME3 u3
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME4 u4
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME5 u5
#else
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME2
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME3
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME4
#define DUMMYUNIONNAME5
#endif
#endif // DUMMYUNIONNAME
#ifdef __cplusplus
extern
"C"
{
#endif
//
// Users of this header may define any number of these constants to avoid
// the definitions of each functional group.
//
// NOTOOLBAR Customizable bitmap-button toolbar control.
// NOUPDOWN Up and Down arrow increment/decrement control.
// NOSTATUSBAR Status bar control.
// NOMENUHELP APIs to help manage menus, especially with a status bar.
// NOTRACKBAR Customizable column-width tracking control.
// NODRAGLIST APIs to make a listbox source and sink drag&drop actions.
// NOPROGRESS Progress gas gauge.
// NOHOTKEY HotKey control
// NOHEADER Header bar control.
// NOIMAGEAPIS ImageList apis.
// NOLISTVIEW ListView control.
// NOTREEVIEW TreeView control.
// NOTABCONTROL Tab control.
// NOANIMATE Animate control.
// NOBUTTON Button control.
// NOSTATIC Static control.
// NOEDIT Edit control.
// NOLISTBOX Listbox control.
// NOCOMBOBOX Combobox control.
// NOSCROLLBAR Scrollbar control.
// NOTASKDIALOG Task Dialog.
//
//=============================================================================
#include <prsht.h>
#ifndef SNDMSG
#ifdef __cplusplus
#ifndef _MAC
#define SNDMSG ::SendMessage
#else
#define SNDMSG ::AfxSendMessage
#endif
#else
#ifndef _MAC
#define SNDMSG SendMessage
#else
#define SNDMSG AfxSendMessage
#endif //_MAC
#endif
#endif // ifndef SNDMSG
#ifdef _MAC
#ifndef RC_INVOKED
#ifndef _WLM_NOFORCE_LIBS
#ifndef _WLMDLL
#ifdef _DEBUG
#pragma comment(lib, "comctld.lib")
#else
#pragma comment(lib, "comctl.lib")
#endif
#pragma comment(linker, "/macres:comctl.rsc")
#else
#ifdef _DEBUG
#pragma comment(lib, "msvcctld.lib")
#else
#pragma comment(lib, "msvcctl.lib")
#endif
#endif // _WLMDLL
#endif // _WLM_NOFORCE_LIBS
#endif // RC_INVOKED
#endif //_MAC
typedef
struct
tagINITCOMMONCONTROLSEX
{
DWORD
dwSize
;
// size of this structure
DWORD
dwICC
;
// flags indicating which classes to be initialized
}
INITCOMMONCONTROLSEX
, *
LPINITCOMMONCONTROLSEX
;
#define ICC_LISTVIEW_CLASSES 0x00000001 // listview, header
#define ICC_TREEVIEW_CLASSES 0x00000002 // treeview, tooltips
#define ICC_BAR_CLASSES 0x00000004 // toolbar, statusbar, trackbar, tooltips
#define ICC_TAB_CLASSES 0x00000008 // tab, tooltips
#define ICC_UPDOWN_CLASS 0x00000010 // updown
#define ICC_PROGRESS_CLASS 0x00000020 // progress
#define ICC_HOTKEY_CLASS 0x00000040 // hotkey
#define ICC_ANIMATE_CLASS 0x00000080 // animate
#define ICC_WIN95_CLASSES 0x000000FF
#define ICC_DATE_CLASSES 0x00000100 // month picker, date picker, time picker, updown
#define ICC_USEREX_CLASSES 0x00000200 // comboex
#define ICC_COOL_CLASSES 0x00000400 // rebar (coolbar) control
#define ICC_INTERNET_CLASSES 0x00000800
#define ICC_PAGESCROLLER_CLASS 0x00001000 // page scroller
#define ICC_NATIVEFNTCTL_CLASS 0x00002000 // native font control
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define ICC_STANDARD_CLASSES 0x00004000
#define ICC_LINK_CLASS 0x00008000 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define ODT_HEADER 100
#define ODT_TAB 101
#define ODT_LISTVIEW 102
//====== Ranges for control message IDs =======================================
#define LVM_FIRST 0x1000 // ListView messages
#define TV_FIRST 0x1100 // TreeView messages
#define HDM_FIRST 0x1200 // Header messages
#define TCM_FIRST 0x1300 // Tab control messages
#define PGM_FIRST 0x1400 // Pager control messages
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define ECM_FIRST 0x1500 // Edit control messages
#define BCM_FIRST 0x1600 // Button control messages
#define CBM_FIRST 0x1700 // Combobox control messages #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define CCM_FIRST 0x2000 // Common control shared messages
#define CCM_LAST (CCM_FIRST + 0x200)
#define CCM_SETBKCOLOR (CCM_FIRST + 1) // lParam is bkColor
typedef
struct
tagCOLORSCHEME
{
DWORD
dwSize
;
COLORREF
clrBtnHighlight
;
// highlight color
COLORREF
clrBtnShadow
;
// shadow color
}
COLORSCHEME
, *
LPCOLORSCHEME
;
#define CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME (CCM_FIRST + 2) // lParam is color scheme
#define CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME (CCM_FIRST + 3) // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam
#define CCM_GETDROPTARGET (CCM_FIRST + 4)
#define CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT (CCM_FIRST + 5)
#define CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT (CCM_FIRST + 6)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define COMCTL32_VERSION 6
#else
#define COMCTL32_VERSION 5 #endif
#define CCM_SETVERSION (CCM_FIRST + 0x7)
#define CCM_GETVERSION (CCM_FIRST + 0x8)
#define CCM_SETNOTIFYWINDOW (CCM_FIRST + 0x9) // wParam == hwndParent.
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME (CCM_FIRST + 0xb)
#define CCM_DPISCALE (CCM_FIRST + 0xc) // wParam == Awareness #endif
// for tooltips
#define INFOTIPSIZE 1024
//====== WM_NOTIFY Macros =====================================================
#define HANDLE_WM_NOTIFY(hwnd, wParam, lParam, fn) \
(fn)((hwnd), (int)(wParam), (NMHDR *)(lParam))
#define FORWARD_WM_NOTIFY(hwnd, idFrom, pnmhdr, fn) \
(LRESULT)(fn)((hwnd), WM_NOTIFY, (WPARAM)(int)(idFrom), (LPARAM)(NMHDR *)(pnmhdr))
//====== Generic WM_NOTIFY notification codes =================================
#define NM_OUTOFMEMORY (NM_FIRST-1)
#define NM_CLICK (NM_FIRST-2) // uses NMCLICK struct
#define NM_DBLCLK (NM_FIRST-3)
#define NM_RETURN (NM_FIRST-4)
#define NM_RCLICK (NM_FIRST-5) // uses NMCLICK struct
#define NM_RDBLCLK (NM_FIRST-6)
#define NM_SETFOCUS (NM_FIRST-7)
#define NM_KILLFOCUS (NM_FIRST-8)
#define NM_CUSTOMDRAW (NM_FIRST-12)
#define NM_HOVER (NM_FIRST-13)
#define NM_NCHITTEST (NM_FIRST-14) // uses NMMOUSE struct
#define NM_KEYDOWN (NM_FIRST-15) // uses NMKEY struct
#define NM_RELEASEDCAPTURE (NM_FIRST-16)
#define NM_SETCURSOR (NM_FIRST-17) // uses NMMOUSE struct
#define NM_CHAR (NM_FIRST-18) // uses NMCHAR struct
#define NM_TOOLTIPSCREATED (NM_FIRST-19) // notify of when the tooltips window is create
#define NM_LDOWN (NM_FIRST-20)
#define NM_RDOWN (NM_FIRST-21)
#define NM_THEMECHANGED (NM_FIRST-22)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define NM_FONTCHANGED (NM_FIRST-23)
#define NM_CUSTOMTEXT (NM_FIRST-24) // uses NMCUSTOMTEXT struct
#define NM_TVSTATEIMAGECHANGING (NM_FIRST-24) // uses NMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING struct, defined after HTREEITEM #endif
#ifndef CCSIZEOF_STRUCT
#define CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(structname, member) (((int)((LPBYTE)(&((structname*)0)->member) - ((LPBYTE)((structname*)0)))) + sizeof(((structname*)0)->member)) #endif
//====== Generic WM_NOTIFY notification structures ============================
typedef
struct
tagNMTOOLTIPSCREATED
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
HWND
hwndToolTips
; }
NMTOOLTIPSCREATED
, *
LPNMTOOLTIPSCREATED
;
typedef
struct
tagNMMOUSE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD_PTR
dwItemSpec
;
DWORD_PTR
dwItemData
;
POINT
pt
;
LPARAM
dwHitInfo
;
// any specifics about where on the item or control the mouse is
}
NMMOUSE
, *
LPNMMOUSE
;
typedef
NMMOUSE
NMCLICK
;
typedef
LPNMMOUSE
LPNMCLICK
;
// Generic structure to request an object of a specific type.
typedef
struct
tagNMOBJECTNOTIFY
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
#ifdef __IID_DEFINED__
const
IID
*
piid
;
#else
const void *piid; #endif
void
*
pObject
;
HRESULT
hResult
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// control specific flags (hints as to where in iItem it hit)
}
NMOBJECTNOTIFY
, *
LPNMOBJECTNOTIFY
;
// Generic structure for a key
typedef
struct
tagNMKEY
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
nVKey
;
UINT
uFlags
; }
NMKEY
, *
LPNMKEY
;
// Generic structure for a character
typedef
struct
tagNMCHAR
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
ch
;
DWORD
dwItemPrev
;
// Item previously selected
DWORD
dwItemNext
;
// Item to be selected
}
NMCHAR
, *
LPNMCHAR
;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
typedef
struct
tagNMCUSTOMTEXT
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
HDC
hDC
;
LPCWSTR
lpString
;
int
nCount
;
LPRECT
lpRect
;
UINT
uFormat
;
BOOL
; }
NMCUSTOMTEXT
, *
LPNMCUSTOMTEXT
;
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600
//====== WM_NOTIFY codes (NMHDR.code values) ==================================
#define NM_FIRST (0U- 0U) // generic to all controls
#define NM_LAST (0U- 99U)
#define LVN_FIRST (0U-100U) // listview
#define LVN_LAST (0U-199U)
// Property sheet reserved (0U-200U) - (0U-299U) - see prsht.h
#define HDN_FIRST (0U-300U) // header
#define HDN_LAST (0U-399U)
#define TVN_FIRST (0U-400U) // treeview
#define TVN_LAST (0U-499U)
#define TTN_FIRST (0U-520U) // tooltips
#define TTN_LAST (0U-549U)
#define TCN_FIRST (0U-550U) // tab control
#define TCN_LAST (0U-580U)
// Shell reserved (0U-580U) - (0U-589U)
#define CDN_FIRST (0U-601U) // common dialog (new)
#define CDN_LAST (0U-699U)
#define TBN_FIRST (0U-700U) // toolbar
#define TBN_LAST (0U-720U)
#define UDN_FIRST (0U-721U) // updown
#define UDN_LAST (0U-729U)
#define DTN_FIRST (0U-740U) // datetimepick
#define DTN_LAST (0U-745U) // DTN_FIRST - 5
#define MCN_FIRST (0U-746U) // monthcal
#define MCN_LAST (0U-752U) // MCN_FIRST - 6
#define DTN_FIRST2 (0U-753U) // datetimepick2
#define DTN_LAST2 (0U-799U)
#define CBEN_FIRST (0U-800U) // combo box ex
#define CBEN_LAST (0U-830U)
#define RBN_FIRST (0U-831U) // rebar
#define RBN_LAST (0U-859U)
#define IPN_FIRST (0U-860U) // internet address
#define IPN_LAST (0U-879U) // internet address
#define SBN_FIRST (0U-880U) // status bar
#define SBN_LAST (0U-899U)
#define PGN_FIRST (0U-900U) // Pager Control
#define PGN_LAST (0U-950U)
#ifndef WMN_FIRST
#define WMN_FIRST (0U-1000U)
#define WMN_LAST (0U-1200U) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define BCN_FIRST (0U-1250U)
#define BCN_LAST (0U-1350U) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TRBN_FIRST (0U-1501U) // trackbar
#define TRBN_LAST (0U-1519U) #endif
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_BEGINDRAG 0x4200
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_SIZEHEADER 0x4201
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_DRAGSELECT 0x4202
#define MSGF_COMMCTRL_TOOLBARCUST 0x4203
//==================== CUSTOM DRAW ==========================================
// custom draw return flags
// values under 0x00010000 are reserved for global custom draw values.
// above that are for specific controls
#define CDRF_DODEFAULT 0x00000000
#define CDRF_NEWFONT 0x00000002
#define CDRF_SKIPDEFAULT 0x00000004
#define CDRF_DOERASE 0x00000008 // draw the background
#define CDRF_SKIPPOSTPAINT 0x00000100 // don't draw the focus rect
#define CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTPAINT 0x00000010
#define CDRF_NOTIFYITEMDRAW 0x00000020
#define CDRF_NOTIFYSUBITEMDRAW 0x00000020 // flags are the same, we can distinguish by context
#define CDRF_NOTIFYPOSTERASE 0x00000040
// drawstage flags
// values under 0x00010000 are reserved for global custom draw values.
// above that are for specific controls
#define CDDS_PREPAINT 0x00000001
#define CDDS_POSTPAINT 0x00000002
#define CDDS_PREERASE 0x00000003
#define CDDS_POSTERASE 0x00000004
// the 0x000010000 bit means it's individual item specific
#define CDDS_ITEM 0x00010000
#define CDDS_ITEMPREPAINT (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_PREPAINT)
#define CDDS_ITEMPOSTPAINT (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_POSTPAINT)
#define CDDS_ITEMPREERASE (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_PREERASE)
#define CDDS_ITEMPOSTERASE (CDDS_ITEM | CDDS_POSTERASE)
#define CDDS_SUBITEM 0x00020000
// itemState flags
#define CDIS_SELECTED 0x0001
#define CDIS_GRAYED 0x0002
#define CDIS_DISABLED 0x0004
#define CDIS_CHECKED 0x0008
#define CDIS_FOCUS 0x0010
#define CDIS_DEFAULT 0x0020
#define CDIS_HOT 0x0040
#define CDIS_MARKED 0x0080
#define CDIS_INDETERMINATE 0x0100
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define CDIS_SHOWKEYBOARDCUES 0x0200 #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define CDIS_NEARHOT 0x0400
#define CDIS_OTHERSIDEHOT 0x0800
#define CDIS_DROPHILITED 0x1000 #endif
typedef
struct
tagNMCUSTOMDRAWINFO
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwDrawStage
;
HDC
hdc
;
RECT
rc
;
DWORD_PTR
dwItemSpec
;
// this is control specific, but it's how to specify an item. valid only with CDDS_ITEM bit set
UINT
uItemState
;
LPARAM
lItemlParam
; }
NMCUSTOMDRAW
, *
LPNMCUSTOMDRAW
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTTCUSTOMDRAW
{
NMCUSTOMDRAW
nmcd
;
UINT
uDrawFlags
; }
NMTTCUSTOMDRAW
, *
LPNMTTCUSTOMDRAW
;
typedef
struct
tagNMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
RECT
rcClient
;
RECT
rcButton
;
RECT
rcSplit
; }
NMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO
, *
LPNMCUSTOMSPLITRECTINFO
;
#define NM_GETCUSTOMSPLITRECT (BCN_FIRST + 0x0003)
//====== IMAGE APIS ===========================================================
#ifndef NOIMAGEAPIS
#define CLR_NONE 0xFFFFFFFFL
#define CLR_DEFAULT 0xFF000000L
#ifndef HIMAGELIST
struct
_IMAGELIST
;
typedef
struct
_IMAGELIST
*
HIMAGELIST
;
#endif
#ifndef IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
typedef
struct
_IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
{
DWORD
cbSize
;
HIMAGELIST
himl
;
int
i
;
HDC
hdcDst
;
int
x
;
int
y
;
int
cx
;
int
cy
;
int
xBitmap
;
// x offest from the upperleft of bitmap
int
yBitmap
;
// y offset from the upperleft of bitmap
COLORREF
rgbBk
;
COLORREF
rgbFg
;
UINT
fStyle
;
DWORD
dwRop
;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0501)
DWORD
fState
;
DWORD
Frame
;
COLORREF
crEffect
;
#endif
}
IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
, *
LPIMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
;
#define IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS, dwRop)
#endif
#define ILC_MASK 0x00000001
#define ILC_COLOR 0x00000000
#define ILC_COLORDDB 0x000000FE
#define ILC_COLOR4 0x00000004
#define ILC_COLOR8 0x00000008
#define ILC_COLOR16 0x00000010
#define ILC_COLOR24 0x00000018
#define ILC_COLOR32 0x00000020
#define ILC_PALETTE 0x00000800 // (not implemented)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define ILC_MIRROR 0x00002000 // Mirror the icons contained, if the process is mirrored
#define ILC_PERITEMMIRROR 0x00008000 // Causes the mirroring code to mirror each item when inserting a set of images, verses the whole strip #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define ILC_ORIGINALSIZE 0x00010000 // Imagelist should accept smaller than set images and apply OriginalSize based on image added
#define ILC_HIGHQUALITYSCALE 0x00020000 // Imagelist should enable use of the high quality scaler. #endif
#define ImageList_AddIcon(himl, hicon) ImageList_ReplaceIcon(himl, -1, hicon)
#define ILD_NORMAL 0x00000000
#define ILD_TRANSPARENT 0x00000001
#define ILD_MASK 0x00000010
#define ILD_IMAGE 0x00000020
#define ILD_ROP 0x00000040
#define ILD_BLEND25 0x00000002
#define ILD_BLEND50 0x00000004
#define ILD_OVERLAYMASK 0x00000F00
#define INDEXTOOVERLAYMASK(i) ((i) << 8)
#define ILD_PRESERVEALPHA 0x00001000 // This preserves the alpha channel in dest
#define ILD_SCALE 0x00002000 // Causes the image to be scaled to cx, cy instead of clipped
#define ILD_DPISCALE 0x00004000
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define ILD_ASYNC 0x00008000 #endif
#define ILD_SELECTED ILD_BLEND50
#define ILD_FOCUS ILD_BLEND25
#define ILD_BLEND ILD_BLEND50
#define CLR_HILIGHT CLR_DEFAULT
#define ILS_NORMAL 0x00000000
#define ILS_GLOW 0x00000001
#define ILS_SHADOW 0x00000002
#define ILS_SATURATE 0x00000004
#define ILS_ALPHA 0x00000008
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define ILGT_NORMAL 0x00000000
#define ILGT_ASYNC 0x00000001 #endif
#ifdef _WIN32
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HBITMAP_CALLBACK ((HBITMAP)-1) // only for SparseImageList #endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define ImageList_LoadImage ImageList_LoadImageW
#else
#define ImageList_LoadImage ImageList_LoadImageA #endif
#define ILCF_MOVE (0x00000000)
#define ILCF_SWAP (0x00000001)
#define ImageList_RemoveAll(himl) ImageList_Remove(himl, -1)
#define ImageList_ExtractIcon(hi, himl, i) ImageList_GetIcon(himl, i, 0)
#define ImageList_LoadBitmap(hi, lpbmp, cx, cGrow, crMask) ImageList_LoadImage(hi, lpbmp, cx, cGrow, crMask, IMAGE_BITMAP, 0)
struct
IStream
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define ILP_NORMAL 0 // Writes or reads the stream using new sematics for this version of comctl32
#define ILP_DOWNLEVEL 1 // Write or reads the stream using downlevel sematics.
#ifndef IMAGEINFO
typedef
struct
_IMAGEINFO
{
HBITMAP
hbmImage
;
HBITMAP
hbmMask
;
int
Unused1
;
int
Unused2
;
RECT
rcImage
; }
IMAGEINFO
, *
LPIMAGEINFO
;
#endif
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#ifdef __cplusplus
{
return
reinterpret_cast
<
HIMAGELIST
>(
himl
); }
#else
#define IImageListToHIMAGELIST(himl) ((HIMAGELIST)(himl)) #endif
#endif
#endif
//====== HEADER CONTROL =======================================================
#ifndef NOHEADER
#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_HEADERA "SysHeader32"
#define WC_HEADERW L"SysHeader32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_HEADER WC_HEADERW
#else
#define WC_HEADER WC_HEADERA #endif
#else
#define WC_HEADER "SysHeader" #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define HDS_HORZ 0x0000
#define HDS_BUTTONS 0x0002
#define HDS_HOTTRACK 0x0004
#define HDS_HIDDEN 0x0008
#define HDS_DRAGDROP 0x0040
#define HDS_FULLDRAG 0x0080
#define HDS_FILTERBAR 0x0100
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define HDS_FLAT 0x0200 #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDS_CHECKBOXES 0x0400
#define HDS_NOSIZING 0x0800
#define HDS_OVERFLOW 0x1000 #endif
// end_r_commctrl
#define HDFT_ISSTRING 0x0000 // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a HD_TEXTFILTER
#define HDFT_ISNUMBER 0x0001 // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a INT
#define HDFT_ISDATE 0x0002 // HD_ITEM.pvFilter points to a DWORD (dos date)
#define HDFT_HASNOVALUE 0x8000 // clear the filter, by setting this bit
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HD_TEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERW
#define HDTEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERW
#define LPHD_TEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
#define LPHDTEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
#else
#define HD_TEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERA
#define HDTEXTFILTER HD_TEXTFILTERA
#define LPHD_TEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERA
#define LPHDTEXTFILTER LPHD_TEXTFILTERA #endif
typedef
struct
_HD_TEXTFILTERA
{
LPSTR
pszText
;
// [in] pointer to the buffer containing the filter (ANSI)
INT
cchTextMax
;
// [in] max size of buffer/edit control buffer
}
HD_TEXTFILTERA
, *
LPHD_TEXTFILTERA
;
typedef
struct
_HD_TEXTFILTERW
{
LPWSTR
pszText
;
// [in] pointer to the buffer contiaining the filter (UNICODE)
INT
cchTextMax
;
// [in] max size of buffer/edit control buffer
}
HD_TEXTFILTERW
, *
LPHD_TEXTFILTERW
;
#define HD_ITEMA HDITEMA
#define HD_ITEMW HDITEMW
#define HD_ITEM HDITEM
typedef
struct
_HD_ITEMA
{
UINT
mask
;
int
cxy
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
HBITMAP
hbm
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
fmt
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
int
iImage
;
// index of bitmap in ImageList
int
iOrder
;
// where to draw this item
UINT
type
;
// [in] filter type (defined what pvFilter is a pointer to)
void
*
pvFilter
;
// [in] filter data see above
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
UINT
state
;
#endif
}
HDITEMA
, *
LPHDITEMA
;
#define HDITEMA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(HDITEMA, lParam)
#define HDITEMW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(HDITEMW, lParam)
typedef
struct
_HD_ITEMW
{
UINT
mask
;
int
cxy
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
HBITMAP
hbm
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
fmt
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
int
iImage
;
// index of bitmap in ImageList
int
iOrder
;
UINT
type
;
// [in] filter type (defined what pvFilter is a pointer to)
void
*
pvFilter
;
// [in] fillter data see above
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
UINT
state
;
#endif
}
HDITEMW
, *
LPHDITEMW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDITEM HDITEMW
#define LPHDITEM LPHDITEMW
#define HDITEM_V1_SIZE HDITEMW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define HDITEM HDITEMA
#define LPHDITEM LPHDITEMA
#define HDITEM_V1_SIZE HDITEMA_V1_SIZE #endif
#define HDI_WIDTH 0x0001
#define HDI_HEIGHT HDI_WIDTH
#define HDI_TEXT 0x0002
#define HDI_FORMAT 0x0004
#define HDI_LPARAM 0x0008
#define HDI_BITMAP 0x0010
#define HDI_IMAGE 0x0020
#define HDI_DI_SETITEM 0x0040
#define HDI_ORDER 0x0080
#define HDI_FILTER 0x0100
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDI_STATE 0x0200 #endif
// HDF_ flags are shared with the listview control (LVCFMT_ flags)
#define HDF_LEFT 0x0000 // Same as LVCFMT_LEFT
#define HDF_RIGHT 0x0001 // Same as LVCFMT_RIGHT
#define HDF_CENTER 0x0002 // Same as LVCFMT_CENTER
#define HDF_JUSTIFYMASK 0x0003 // Same as LVCFMT_JUSTIFYMASK
#define HDF_RTLREADING 0x0004 // Same as LVCFMT_LEFT
#define HDF_BITMAP 0x2000
#define HDF_STRING 0x4000
#define HDF_OWNERDRAW 0x8000 // Same as LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES
#define HDF_IMAGE 0x0800 // Same as LVCFMT_IMAGE
#define HDF_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT 0x1000 // Same as LVCFMT_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define HDF_SORTUP 0x0400
#define HDF_SORTDOWN 0x0200 #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDF_CHECKBOX 0x0040
#define HDF_CHECKED 0x0080
#define HDF_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0100 // Can't resize the column; same as LVCFMT_FIXED_WIDTH
#define HDF_SPLITBUTTON 0x1000000 // Column is a split button; same as LVCFMT_SPLITBUTTON #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDIS_FOCUSED 0x00000001 #endif
#define HDM_GETITEMCOUNT (HDM_FIRST + 0)
#define Header_GetItemCount(hwndHD) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)
#define HDM_INSERTITEMA (HDM_FIRST + 1)
#define HDM_INSERTITEMW (HDM_FIRST + 10)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_INSERTITEM HDM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define HDM_INSERTITEM HDM_INSERTITEMA #endif
#define Header_InsertItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_INSERTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(const HD_ITEM *)(phdi))
#define HDM_DELETEITEM (HDM_FIRST + 2)
#define Header_DeleteItem(hwndHD, i) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)
#define HDM_GETITEMA (HDM_FIRST + 3)
#define HDM_GETITEMW (HDM_FIRST + 11)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_GETITEM HDM_GETITEMW
#else
#define HDM_GETITEM HDM_GETITEMA #endif
#define Header_GetItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_GETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(HD_ITEM *)(phdi))
#define HDM_SETITEMA (HDM_FIRST + 4)
#define HDM_SETITEMW (HDM_FIRST + 12)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDM_SETITEM HDM_SETITEMW
#else
#define HDM_SETITEM HDM_SETITEMA #endif
#define Header_SetItem(hwndHD, i, phdi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_SETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(const HD_ITEM *)(phdi))
#define HD_LAYOUT HDLAYOUT
typedef
struct
_HD_LAYOUT
{
RECT
*
prc
;
WINDOWPOS
*
pwpos
; }
HDLAYOUT
, *
LPHDLAYOUT
;
#define HDM_LAYOUT (HDM_FIRST + 5)
#define Header_Layout(hwndHD, playout) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndHD), HDM_LAYOUT, 0, (LPARAM)(HD_LAYOUT *)(playout))
#define HHT_NOWHERE 0x0001
#define HHT_ONHEADER 0x0002
#define HHT_ONDIVIDER 0x0004
#define HHT_ONDIVOPEN 0x0008
#define HHT_ONFILTER 0x0010
#define HHT_ONFILTERBUTTON 0x0020
#define HHT_ABOVE 0x0100
#define HHT_BELOW 0x0200
#define HHT_TORIGHT 0x0400
#define HHT_TOLEFT 0x0800
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HHT_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x1000
#define HHT_ONDROPDOWN 0x2000
#define HHT_ONOVERFLOW 0x4000 #endif
#define HD_HITTESTINFO HDHITTESTINFO
typedef
struct
_HD_HITTESTINFO
{
POINT
pt
;
UINT
flags
;
int
iItem
; }
HDHITTESTINFO
, *
LPHDHITTESTINFO
;
#define HDSIL_NORMAL 0
#define HDSIL_STATE 1
#define HDM_HITTEST (HDM_FIRST + 6)
#define HDM_GETITEMRECT (HDM_FIRST + 7)
#define Header_GetItemRect(hwnd, iItem, lprc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(lprc))
#define HDM_SETIMAGELIST (HDM_FIRST + 8)
#define Header_SetImageList(hwnd, himl) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_NORMAL, (LPARAM)(himl))
#define Header_SetStateImageList(hwnd, himl) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_STATE, (LPARAM)(himl))
#define HDM_GETIMAGELIST (HDM_FIRST + 9)
#define Header_GetImageList(hwnd) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_NORMAL, 0)
#define Header_GetStateImageList(hwnd) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETIMAGELIST, HDSIL_STATE, 0)
#define HDM_ORDERTOINDEX (HDM_FIRST + 15)
#define Header_OrderToIndex(hwnd, i) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_ORDERTOINDEX, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE (HDM_FIRST + 16) // wparam = which item (by index)
#define Header_CreateDragImage(hwnd, i) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define HDM_GETORDERARRAY (HDM_FIRST + 17)
#define Header_GetOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, lpi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(lpi))
#define HDM_SETORDERARRAY (HDM_FIRST + 18)
#define Header_SetOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, lpi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(lpi))
// lparam = int array of size HDM_GETITEMCOUNT
// the array specifies the order that all items should be displayed.
// e.g. { 2, 0, 1}
// says the index 2 item should be shown in the 0ths position
// index 0 should be shown in the 1st position
// index 1 should be shown in the 2nd position
#define HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER (HDM_FIRST + 19)
#define Header_SetHotDivider(hwnd, fPos, dw) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETHOTDIVIDER, (WPARAM)(fPos), (LPARAM)(dw))
// convenience message for external dragdrop
// wParam = BOOL specifying whether the lParam is a dwPos of the cursor
// position or the index of which divider to hotlight
// lParam = depends on wParam (-1 and wParm = FALSE turns off hotlight)
#define HDM_SETBITMAPMARGIN (HDM_FIRST + 20)
#define Header_SetBitmapMargin(hwnd, iWidth) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETBITMAPMARGIN, (WPARAM)(iWidth), 0)
#define HDM_GETBITMAPMARGIN (HDM_FIRST + 21)
#define Header_GetBitmapMargin(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETBITMAPMARGIN, 0, 0)
#define HDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define Header_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)
#define HDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define Header_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#define HDM_SETFILTERCHANGETIMEOUT (HDM_FIRST+22)
#define Header_SetFilterChangeTimeout(hwnd, i) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETFILTERCHANGETIMEOUT, 0, (LPARAM)(i))
#define HDM_EDITFILTER (HDM_FIRST+23)
#define Header_EditFilter(hwnd, i, fDiscardChanges) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_EDITFILTER, (WPARAM)(i), MAKELPARAM(fDiscardChanges, 0))
// Clear filter takes -1 as a column value to indicate that all
// the filter should be cleared. When this happens you will
// only receive a single filter changed notification.
#define HDM_CLEARFILTER (HDM_FIRST+24)
#define Header_ClearFilter(hwnd, i) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CLEARFILTER, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define Header_ClearAllFilters(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_CLEARFILTER, (WPARAM)-1, 0)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define HDM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR CCM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR #endif
#if(NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDM_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT (HDM_FIRST+25) // rect of item's drop down button
#define Header_GetItemDropDownRect(hwnd, iItem, lprc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(lprc))
#define HDM_GETOVERFLOWRECT (HDM_FIRST+26) // rect of overflow button
#define Header_GetOverflowRect(hwnd, lprc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETOVERFLOWRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(lprc))
#define HDM_GETFOCUSEDITEM (HDM_FIRST+27)
#define Header_GetFocusedItem(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_GETFOCUSEDITEM, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(0))
#define HDM_SETFOCUSEDITEM (HDM_FIRST+28)
#define Header_SetFocusedItem(hwnd, iItem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), HDM_SETFOCUSEDITEM, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(iItem))
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGINGA (HDN_FIRST-0)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGINGW (HDN_FIRST-20)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGEDA (HDN_FIRST-1)
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGEDW (HDN_FIRST-21)
#define HDN_ITEMCLICKA (HDN_FIRST-2)
#define HDN_ITEMCLICKW (HDN_FIRST-22)
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKA (HDN_FIRST-3)
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKW (HDN_FIRST-23)
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKA (HDN_FIRST-5)
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKW (HDN_FIRST-25)
#define HDN_BEGINTRACKA (HDN_FIRST-6)
#define HDN_BEGINTRACKW (HDN_FIRST-26)
#define HDN_ENDTRACKA (HDN_FIRST-7)
#define HDN_ENDTRACKW (HDN_FIRST-27)
#define HDN_TRACKA (HDN_FIRST-8)
#define HDN_TRACKW (HDN_FIRST-28)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFOA (HDN_FIRST-9)
#define HDN_GETDISPINFOW (HDN_FIRST-29)
#define HDN_BEGINDRAG (HDN_FIRST-10)
#define HDN_ENDDRAG (HDN_FIRST-11)
#define HDN_FILTERCHANGE (HDN_FIRST-12)
#define HDN_FILTERBTNCLICK (HDN_FIRST-13)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define HDN_BEGINFILTEREDIT (HDN_FIRST-14)
#define HDN_ENDFILTEREDIT (HDN_FIRST-15) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define HDN_ITEMSTATEICONCLICK (HDN_FIRST-16)
#define HDN_ITEMKEYDOWN (HDN_FIRST-17)
#define HDN_DROPDOWN (HDN_FIRST-18)
#define HDN_OVERFLOWCLICK (HDN_FIRST-19) #endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGING HDN_ITEMCHANGINGW
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGED HDN_ITEMCHANGEDW
#define HDN_ITEMCLICK HDN_ITEMCLICKW
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICK HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKW
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICK HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKW
#define HDN_BEGINTRACK HDN_BEGINTRACKW
#define HDN_ENDTRACK HDN_ENDTRACKW
#define HDN_TRACK HDN_TRACKW
#define HDN_GETDISPINFO HDN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGING HDN_ITEMCHANGINGA
#define HDN_ITEMCHANGED HDN_ITEMCHANGEDA
#define HDN_ITEMCLICK HDN_ITEMCLICKA
#define HDN_ITEMDBLCLICK HDN_ITEMDBLCLICKA
#define HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICK HDN_DIVIDERDBLCLICKA
#define HDN_BEGINTRACK HDN_BEGINTRACKA
#define HDN_ENDTRACK HDN_ENDTRACKA
#define HDN_TRACK HDN_TRACKA
#define HDN_GETDISPINFO HDN_GETDISPINFOA #endif
#define HD_NOTIFYA NMHEADERA
#define HD_NOTIFYW NMHEADERW
#define HD_NOTIFY NMHEADER
typedef
struct
tagNMHEADERA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
int
iButton
;
HDITEMA
*
pitem
; }
NMHEADERA
, *
LPNMHEADERA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMHEADERW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
int
iButton
;
HDITEMW
*
pitem
; }
NMHEADERW
, *
LPNMHEADERW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMHEADER NMHEADERW
#define LPNMHEADER LPNMHEADERW
#else
#define NMHEADER NMHEADERA
#define LPNMHEADER LPNMHEADERA #endif
typedef
struct
tagNMHDDISPINFOW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
UINT
mask
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMHDDISPINFOW
, *
LPNMHDDISPINFOW
;
typedef
struct
tagNMHDDISPINFOA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
UINT
mask
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMHDDISPINFOA
, *
LPNMHDDISPINFOA
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMHDDISPINFO NMHDDISPINFOW
#define LPNMHDDISPINFO LPNMHDDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMHDDISPINFO NMHDDISPINFOA
#define LPNMHDDISPINFO LPNMHDDISPINFOA #endif
typedef
struct
tagNMHDFILTERBTNCLICK
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
INT
iItem
;
RECT
rc
; }
NMHDFILTERBTNCLICK
, *
LPNMHDFILTERBTNCLICK
;
#endif // NOHEADER
//====== TOOLBAR CONTROL ======================================================
#ifndef NOTOOLBAR
#ifdef _WIN32
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAMEW L"ToolbarWindow32"
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAMEA "ToolbarWindow32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME TOOLBARCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME TOOLBARCLASSNAMEA #endif
#else
#define TOOLBARCLASSNAME "ToolbarWindow" #endif
typedef
struct
_TBBUTTON
{
int
iBitmap
;
int
idCommand
;
BYTE
fsState
;
BYTE
fsStyle
;
#ifdef _WIN64
BYTE bReserved[6]; // padding for alignment
#elif defined(_WIN32)
BYTE
bReserved
[
2
];
// padding for alignment
#endif
DWORD_PTR
dwData
;
INT_PTR
iString
;
typedef
const
TBBUTTON
*
LPCTBBUTTON
;
typedef
struct
_COLORMAP
{
COLORREF
from
;
COLORREF
to
; }
COLORMAP
, *
LPCOLORMAP
;
HINSTANCE
hBMInst
,
UINT_PTR
wBMID
,
LPCTBBUTTON
lpButtons
,
int
iNumButtons
,
int
dxButton
,
int
dyButton
,
int
dxBitmap
,
int
dyBitmap
,
UINT
uStructSize
);
int
iNumMaps
);
#define CMB_MASKED 0x02
#define TBSTATE_CHECKED 0x01
#define TBSTATE_PRESSED 0x02
#define TBSTATE_ENABLED 0x04
#define TBSTATE_HIDDEN 0x08
#define TBSTATE_INDETERMINATE 0x10
#define TBSTATE_WRAP 0x20
#define TBSTATE_ELLIPSES 0x40
#define TBSTATE_MARKED 0x80
// begin_r_commctrl
#define TBSTYLE_BUTTON 0x0000 // obsolete; use BTNS_BUTTON instead
#define TBSTYLE_SEP 0x0001 // obsolete; use BTNS_SEP instead
#define TBSTYLE_CHECK 0x0002 // obsolete; use BTNS_CHECK instead
#define TBSTYLE_GROUP 0x0004 // obsolete; use BTNS_GROUP instead
#define TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP (TBSTYLE_GROUP | TBSTYLE_CHECK) // obsolete; use BTNS_CHECKGROUP instead
#define TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN 0x0008 // obsolete; use BTNS_DROPDOWN instead
#define TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE 0x0010 // obsolete; use BTNS_AUTOSIZE instead
#define TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX 0x0020 // obsolete; use BTNS_NOPREFIX instead
#define TBSTYLE_TOOLTIPS 0x0100
#define TBSTYLE_WRAPABLE 0x0200
#define TBSTYLE_ALTDRAG 0x0400
#define TBSTYLE_FLAT 0x0800
#define TBSTYLE_LIST 0x1000
#define TBSTYLE_CUSTOMERASE 0x2000
#define TBSTYLE_REGISTERDROP 0x4000
#define TBSTYLE_TRANSPARENT 0x8000
// end_r_commctrl
#define TBSTYLE_EX_DRAWDDARROWS 0x00000001
// begin_r_commctrl
#define BTNS_BUTTON TBSTYLE_BUTTON // 0x0000
#define BTNS_SEP TBSTYLE_SEP // 0x0001
#define BTNS_CHECK TBSTYLE_CHECK // 0x0002
#define BTNS_GROUP TBSTYLE_GROUP // 0x0004
#define BTNS_CHECKGROUP TBSTYLE_CHECKGROUP // (TBSTYLE_GROUP | TBSTYLE_CHECK)
#define BTNS_DROPDOWN TBSTYLE_DROPDOWN // 0x0008
#define BTNS_AUTOSIZE TBSTYLE_AUTOSIZE // 0x0010; automatically calculate the cx of the button
#define BTNS_NOPREFIX TBSTYLE_NOPREFIX // 0x0020; this button should not have accel prefix
#define BTNS_SHOWTEXT 0x0040 // ignored unless TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS is set
#define BTNS_WHOLEDROPDOWN 0x0080 // draw drop-down arrow, but without split arrow section
// end_r_commctrl
#define TBSTYLE_EX_MIXEDBUTTONS 0x00000008
#define TBSTYLE_EX_HIDECLIPPEDBUTTONS 0x00000010 // don't show partially obscured buttons
#define TBSTYLE_EX_MULTICOLUMN 0x00000002 // conflicts w/ TBSTYLE_WRAPABLE
#define TBSTYLE_EX_VERTICAL 0x00000004
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TBSTYLE_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER 0x00000080 // Double Buffer the toolbar #endif
// Custom Draw Structure
typedef
struct
_NMTBCUSTOMDRAW
{
NMCUSTOMDRAW
nmcd
;
HBRUSH
hbrMonoDither
;
HBRUSH
hbrLines
;
// For drawing lines on buttons
HPEN
hpenLines
;
// For drawing lines on buttons
COLORREF
clrText
;
// Color of text
COLORREF
clrMark
;
// Color of text bk when marked. (only if TBSTATE_MARKED)
COLORREF
clrTextHighlight
;
// Color of text when highlighted
COLORREF
clrBtnFace
;
// Background of the button
COLORREF
clrBtnHighlight
;
// 3D highlight
COLORREF
clrHighlightHotTrack
;
// In conjunction with fHighlightHotTrack
// will cause button to highlight like a menu
RECT
rcText
;
// Rect for text
int
nStringBkMode
;
int
nHLStringBkMode
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
int
iListGap
;
#endif
}
NMTBCUSTOMDRAW
, *
LPNMTBCUSTOMDRAW
;
// Toolbar custom draw return flags
#define TBCDRF_NOEDGES 0x00010000 // Don't draw button edges
#define TBCDRF_HILITEHOTTRACK 0x00020000 // Use color of the button bk when hottracked
#define TBCDRF_NOOFFSET 0x00040000 // Don't offset button if pressed
#define TBCDRF_NOMARK 0x00080000 // Don't draw default highlight of image/text for TBSTATE_MARKED
#define TBCDRF_NOETCHEDEFFECT 0x00100000 // Don't draw etched effect for disabled items
#define TBCDRF_BLENDICON 0x00200000 // Use ILD_BLEND50 on the icon image
#define TBCDRF_NOBACKGROUND 0x00400000 // Use ILD_BLEND50 on the icon image
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TBCDRF_USECDCOLORS 0x00800000 // Use CustomDrawColors to RenderText regardless of VisualStyle #endif
#define TB_ENABLEBUTTON (WM_USER + 1)
#define TB_CHECKBUTTON (WM_USER + 2)
#define TB_PRESSBUTTON (WM_USER + 3)
#define TB_HIDEBUTTON (WM_USER + 4)
#define TB_INDETERMINATE (WM_USER + 5)
#define TB_MARKBUTTON (WM_USER + 6)
#define TB_ISBUTTONENABLED (WM_USER + 9)
#define TB_ISBUTTONCHECKED (WM_USER + 10)
#define TB_ISBUTTONPRESSED (WM_USER + 11)
#define TB_ISBUTTONHIDDEN (WM_USER + 12)
#define TB_ISBUTTONINDETERMINATE (WM_USER + 13)
#define TB_ISBUTTONHIGHLIGHTED (WM_USER + 14)
#define TB_SETSTATE (WM_USER + 17)
#define TB_GETSTATE (WM_USER + 18)
#define TB_ADDBITMAP (WM_USER + 19)
#ifdef _WIN32
typedef
struct
tagTBADDBITMAP
{
HINSTANCE
hInst
;
UINT_PTR
nID
; }
TBADDBITMAP
, *
LPTBADDBITMAP
;
#define HINST_COMMCTRL ((HINSTANCE)-1)
#define IDB_STD_SMALL_COLOR 0
#define IDB_STD_LARGE_COLOR 1
#define IDB_VIEW_SMALL_COLOR 4
#define IDB_VIEW_LARGE_COLOR 5
#define IDB_HIST_SMALL_COLOR 8
#define IDB_HIST_LARGE_COLOR 9
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define IDB_HIST_NORMAL 12
#define IDB_HIST_HOT 13
#define IDB_HIST_DISABLED 14
#define IDB_HIST_PRESSED 15 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// icon indexes for standard bitmap
#define STD_CUT 0
#define STD_COPY 1
#define STD_PASTE 2
#define STD_UNDO 3
#define STD_REDOW 4
#define STD_DELETE 5
#define STD_FILENEW 6
#define STD_FILEOPEN 7
#define STD_FILESAVE 8
#define STD_PRINTPRE 9
#define STD_PROPERTIES 10
#define STD_HELP 11
#define STD_FIND 12
#define STD_REPLACE 13
#define STD_PRINT 14
// icon indexes for standard view bitmap
#define VIEW_LARGEICONS 0
#define VIEW_SMALLICONS 1
#define VIEW_LIST 2
#define VIEW_DETAILS 3
#define VIEW_SORTNAME 4
#define VIEW_SORTSIZE 5
#define VIEW_SORTDATE 6
#define VIEW_SORTTYPE 7
#define VIEW_PARENTFOLDER 8
#define VIEW_NETCONNECT 9
#define VIEW_NETDISCONNECT 10
#define VIEW_NEWFOLDER 11
#define VIEW_VIEWMENU 12
#define HIST_BACK 0
#define HIST_FORWARD 1
#define HIST_FAVORITES 2
#define HIST_ADDTOFAVORITES 3
#define HIST_VIEWTREE 4
#endif
#define TB_ADDBUTTONSA (WM_USER + 20)
#define TB_INSERTBUTTONA (WM_USER + 21)
#define TB_DELETEBUTTON (WM_USER + 22)
#define TB_GETBUTTON (WM_USER + 23)
#define TB_BUTTONCOUNT (WM_USER + 24)
#define TB_COMMANDTOINDEX (WM_USER + 25)
#ifdef _WIN32
typedef
struct
tagTBSAVEPARAMSA
{
HKEY
hkr
;
LPCSTR
pszSubKey
;
LPCSTR
pszValueName
; }
TBSAVEPARAMSA
, *
LPTBSAVEPARAMSA
;
typedef
struct
tagTBSAVEPARAMSW
{
HKEY
hkr
;
LPCWSTR
pszSubKey
;
LPCWSTR
pszValueName
; }
TBSAVEPARAMSW
, *
LPTBSAVEPARAMW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBSAVEPARAMS TBSAVEPARAMSW
#define LPTBSAVEPARAMS LPTBSAVEPARAMSW
#else
#define TBSAVEPARAMS TBSAVEPARAMSA
#define LPTBSAVEPARAMS LPTBSAVEPARAMSA #endif
#endif // _WIN32
#define TB_SAVERESTOREA (WM_USER + 26)
#define TB_SAVERESTOREW (WM_USER + 76)
#define TB_CUSTOMIZE (WM_USER + 27)
#define TB_ADDSTRINGA (WM_USER + 28)
#define TB_ADDSTRINGW (WM_USER + 77)
#define TB_GETITEMRECT (WM_USER + 29)
#define TB_BUTTONSTRUCTSIZE (WM_USER + 30)
#define TB_SETBUTTONSIZE (WM_USER + 31)
#define TB_SETBITMAPSIZE (WM_USER + 32)
#define TB_AUTOSIZE (WM_USER + 33)
#define TB_GETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER + 35)
#define TB_SETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER + 36)
#define TB_SETPARENT (WM_USER + 37)
#define TB_SETROWS (WM_USER + 39)
#define TB_GETROWS (WM_USER + 40)
#define TB_SETCMDID (WM_USER + 42)
#define TB_CHANGEBITMAP (WM_USER + 43)
#define TB_GETBITMAP (WM_USER + 44)
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA (WM_USER + 45)
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW (WM_USER + 75)
#define TB_REPLACEBITMAP (WM_USER + 46)
#define TB_SETINDENT (WM_USER + 47)
#define TB_SETIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 48)
#define TB_GETIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 49)
#define TB_LOADIMAGES (WM_USER + 50)
#define TB_GETRECT (WM_USER + 51) // wParam is the Cmd instead of index
#define TB_SETHOTIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 52)
#define TB_GETHOTIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 53)
#define TB_SETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 54)
#define TB_GETDISABLEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 55)
#define TB_SETSTYLE (WM_USER + 56)
#define TB_GETSTYLE (WM_USER + 57)
#define TB_GETBUTTONSIZE (WM_USER + 58)
#define TB_SETBUTTONWIDTH (WM_USER + 59)
#define TB_SETMAXTEXTROWS (WM_USER + 60)
#define TB_GETTEXTROWS (WM_USER + 61)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXT TB_GETBUTTONTEXTW
#define TB_SAVERESTORE TB_SAVERESTOREW
#define TB_ADDSTRING TB_ADDSTRINGW
#else
#define TB_GETBUTTONTEXT TB_GETBUTTONTEXTA
#define TB_SAVERESTORE TB_SAVERESTOREA
#define TB_ADDSTRING TB_ADDSTRINGA #endif
#define TB_GETOBJECT (WM_USER + 62) // wParam == IID, lParam void **ppv
#define TB_GETHOTITEM (WM_USER + 71)
#define TB_SETHOTITEM (WM_USER + 72) // wParam == iHotItem
#define TB_SETANCHORHIGHLIGHT (WM_USER + 73) // wParam == TRUE/FALSE
#define TB_GETANCHORHIGHLIGHT (WM_USER + 74)
#define TB_MAPACCELERATORA (WM_USER + 78) // wParam == ch, lParam int * pidBtn
typedef
struct
{
int
iButton
;
DWORD
dwFlags
; }
TBINSERTMARK
, *
LPTBINSERTMARK
;
#define TBIMHT_AFTER 0x00000001 // TRUE = insert After iButton, otherwise before
#define TBIMHT_BACKGROUND 0x00000002 // TRUE iff missed buttons completely
#define TB_GETINSERTMARK (WM_USER + 79) // lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_SETINSERTMARK (WM_USER + 80) // lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_INSERTMARKHITTEST (WM_USER + 81) // wParam == LPPOINT lParam == LPTBINSERTMARK
#define TB_MOVEBUTTON (WM_USER + 82)
#define TB_GETMAXSIZE (WM_USER + 83) // lParam == LPSIZE
#define TB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 84) // For TBSTYLE_EX_*
#define TB_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 85) // For TBSTYLE_EX_*
#define TB_GETPADDING (WM_USER + 86)
#define TB_SETPADDING (WM_USER + 87)
#define TB_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR (WM_USER + 88)
#define TB_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR (WM_USER + 89)
#define TB_SETCOLORSCHEME CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME // lParam is color scheme
#define TB_GETCOLORSCHEME CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam
#define TB_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TB_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TB_MAPACCELERATORW (WM_USER + 90) // wParam == ch, lParam int * pidBtn
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_MAPACCELERATOR TB_MAPACCELERATORW
#else
#define TB_MAPACCELERATOR TB_MAPACCELERATORA #endif
typedef
struct
{
HINSTANCE
hInstOld
;
UINT_PTR
nIDOld
;
HINSTANCE
hInstNew
;
UINT_PTR
nIDNew
;
int
nButtons
; }
TBREPLACEBITMAP
, *
LPTBREPLACEBITMAP
;
#ifdef _WIN32
#define TBBF_LARGE 0x0001
#define TB_GETBITMAPFLAGS (WM_USER + 41)
#define TBIF_IMAGE 0x00000001
#define TBIF_TEXT 0x00000002
#define TBIF_STATE 0x00000004
#define TBIF_STYLE 0x00000008
#define TBIF_LPARAM 0x00000010
#define TBIF_COMMAND 0x00000020
#define TBIF_SIZE 0x00000040
#define TBIF_BYINDEX 0x80000000 // this specifies that the wparam in Get/SetButtonInfo is an index, not id
typedef
struct
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
int
idCommand
;
int
iImage
;
BYTE
fsState
;
BYTE
fsStyle
;
WORD
cx
;
DWORD_PTR
lParam
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchText
; }
TBBUTTONINFOA
, *
LPTBBUTTONINFOA
;
typedef
struct
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
int
idCommand
;
int
iImage
;
BYTE
fsState
;
BYTE
fsStyle
;
WORD
cx
;
DWORD_PTR
lParam
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchText
; }
TBBUTTONINFOW
, *
LPTBBUTTONINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBBUTTONINFO TBBUTTONINFOW
#define LPTBBUTTONINFO LPTBBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TBBUTTONINFO TBBUTTONINFOA
#define LPTBBUTTONINFO LPTBBUTTONINFOA #endif
// BUTTONINFO APIs do NOT support the string pool.
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFOW (WM_USER + 63)
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFOW (WM_USER + 64)
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFOA (WM_USER + 65)
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFOA (WM_USER + 66)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFO TB_GETBUTTONINFOW
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFO TB_SETBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TB_GETBUTTONINFO TB_GETBUTTONINFOA
#define TB_SETBUTTONINFO TB_SETBUTTONINFOA #endif
#define TB_INSERTBUTTONW (WM_USER + 67)
#define TB_ADDBUTTONSW (WM_USER + 68)
#define TB_HITTEST (WM_USER + 69)
// New post Win95/NT4 for InsertButton and AddButton. if iString member
// is a pointer to a string, it will be handled as a string like listview
// (although LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK is not supported).
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON TB_INSERTBUTTONW
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS TB_ADDBUTTONSW
#else
#define TB_INSERTBUTTON TB_INSERTBUTTONA
#define TB_ADDBUTTONS TB_ADDBUTTONSA #endif
#define TB_SETDRAWTEXTFLAGS (WM_USER + 70) // wParam == mask lParam == bit values
#define TB_GETSTRINGW (WM_USER + 91)
#define TB_GETSTRINGA (WM_USER + 92)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TB_GETSTRING TB_GETSTRINGW
#else
#define TB_GETSTRING TB_GETSTRINGA #endif
#define TB_SETBOUNDINGSIZE (WM_USER + 93)
#define TB_SETHOTITEM2 (WM_USER + 94) // wParam == iHotItem, lParam = dwFlags
#define TB_HASACCELERATOR (WM_USER + 95) // wParam == char, lParam = &iCount
#define TB_SETLISTGAP (WM_USER + 96)
#define TB_GETIMAGELISTCOUNT (WM_USER + 98)
#define TB_GETIDEALSIZE (WM_USER + 99) // wParam == fHeight, lParam = psize
// before using WM_USER + 103, recycle old space above (WM_USER + 97)
#define TB_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR CCM_TRANSLATEACCELERATOR
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TBMF_PAD 0x00000001
#define TBMF_BARPAD 0x00000002
#define TBMF_BUTTONSPACING 0x00000004
typedef
struct
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
int
cxPad
;
// PAD
int
cyPad
;
int
cxBarPad
;
// BARPAD
int
cyBarPad
;
int
cxButtonSpacing
;
// BUTTONSPACING
int
cyButtonSpacing
; }
TBMETRICS
, *
LPTBMETRICS
;
#define TB_GETMETRICS (WM_USER + 101)
#define TB_SETMETRICS (WM_USER + 102) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TB_GETITEMDROPDOWNRECT (WM_USER + 103) // Rect of item's drop down button
#define TB_SETPRESSEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 104)
#define TB_GETPRESSEDIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 105) #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TB_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME #endif
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFOA (TBN_FIRST-0)
#define TBN_BEGINDRAG (TBN_FIRST-1)
#define TBN_ENDDRAG (TBN_FIRST-2)
#define TBN_BEGINADJUST (TBN_FIRST-3)
#define TBN_ENDADJUST (TBN_FIRST-4)
#define TBN_RESET (TBN_FIRST-5)
#define TBN_QUERYINSERT (TBN_FIRST-6)
#define TBN_QUERYDELETE (TBN_FIRST-7)
#define TBN_TOOLBARCHANGE (TBN_FIRST-8)
#define TBN_CUSTHELP (TBN_FIRST-9)
#define TBN_DROPDOWN (TBN_FIRST - 10)
#define TBN_GETOBJECT (TBN_FIRST - 12)
// Structure for TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification
//
typedef
struct
tagNMTBHOTITEM
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
idOld
;
int
idNew
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// HICF_*
}
NMTBHOTITEM
, *
LPNMTBHOTITEM
;
// Hot item change flags
#define HICF_OTHER 0x00000000
#define HICF_MOUSE 0x00000001 // Triggered by mouse
#define HICF_ARROWKEYS 0x00000002 // Triggered by arrow keys
#define HICF_ACCELERATOR 0x00000004 // Triggered by accelerator
#define HICF_DUPACCEL 0x00000008 // This accelerator is not unique
#define HICF_ENTERING 0x00000010 // idOld is invalid
#define HICF_LEAVING 0x00000020 // idNew is invalid
#define HICF_RESELECT 0x00000040 // hot item reselected
#define HICF_LMOUSE 0x00000080 // left mouse button selected
#define HICF_TOGGLEDROPDOWN 0x00000100 // Toggle button's dropdown state
#define TBN_HOTITEMCHANGE (TBN_FIRST - 13)
#define TBN_DRAGOUT (TBN_FIRST - 14) // this is sent when the user clicks down on a button then drags off the button
#define TBN_DELETINGBUTTON (TBN_FIRST - 15) // uses TBNOTIFY
#define TBN_GETDISPINFOA (TBN_FIRST - 16) // This is sent when the toolbar needs some display information
#define TBN_GETDISPINFOW (TBN_FIRST - 17) // This is sent when the toolbar needs some display information
#define TBN_GETINFOTIPA (TBN_FIRST - 18)
#define TBN_GETINFOTIPW (TBN_FIRST - 19)
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFOW (TBN_FIRST - 20)
#define TBN_RESTORE (TBN_FIRST - 21)
#define TBN_SAVE (TBN_FIRST - 22)
#define TBN_INITCUSTOMIZE (TBN_FIRST - 23)
#define TBNRF_HIDEHELP 0x00000001
#define TBNRF_ENDCUSTOMIZE 0x00000002
#define TBN_WRAPHOTITEM (TBN_FIRST - 24)
#define TBN_DUPACCELERATOR (TBN_FIRST - 25)
#define TBN_WRAPACCELERATOR (TBN_FIRST - 26)
#define TBN_DRAGOVER (TBN_FIRST - 27)
#define TBN_MAPACCELERATOR (TBN_FIRST - 28)
typedef
struct
tagNMTBSAVE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
*
pData
;
DWORD
*
pCurrent
;
UINT
cbData
;
int
iItem
;
int
cButtons
;
TBBUTTON
tbButton
; }
NMTBSAVE
, *
LPNMTBSAVE
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTBRESTORE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
*
pData
;
DWORD
*
pCurrent
;
UINT
cbData
;
int
iItem
;
int
cButtons
;
int
cbBytesPerRecord
;
TBBUTTON
tbButton
; }
NMTBRESTORE
, *
LPNMTBRESTORE
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTBGETINFOTIPA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iItem
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTBGETINFOTIPA
, *
LPNMTBGETINFOTIPA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTBGETINFOTIPW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iItem
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTBGETINFOTIPW
, *
LPNMTBGETINFOTIPW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETINFOTIP TBN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMTBGETINFOTIP NMTBGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMTBGETINFOTIP LPNMTBGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define TBN_GETINFOTIP TBN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMTBGETINFOTIP NMTBGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMTBGETINFOTIP LPNMTBGETINFOTIPA #endif
#define TBNF_IMAGE 0x00000001
#define TBNF_TEXT 0x00000002
#define TBNF_DI_SETITEM 0x10000000
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
// [in] Specifies the values requested .[out] Client ask the data to be set for future use
int
idCommand
;
// [in] id of button we're requesting info for
DWORD_PTR
lParam
;
// [in] lParam of button
int
iImage
;
// [out] image index
LPSTR
pszText
;
// [out] new text for item
int
cchText
;
// [in] size of buffer pointed to by pszText
}
NMTBDISPINFOA
, *
LPNMTBDISPINFOA
;
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
//[in] Specifies the values requested .[out] Client ask the data to be set for future use
int
idCommand
;
// [in] id of button we're requesting info for
DWORD_PTR
lParam
;
// [in] lParam of button
int
iImage
;
// [out] image index
LPWSTR
pszText
;
// [out] new text for item
int
cchText
;
// [in] size of buffer pointed to by pszText
}
NMTBDISPINFOW
, *
LPNMTBDISPINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETDISPINFO TBN_GETDISPINFOW
#define NMTBDISPINFO NMTBDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTBDISPINFO LPNMTBDISPINFOW
#else
#define TBN_GETDISPINFO TBN_GETDISPINFOA
#define NMTBDISPINFO NMTBDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTBDISPINFO LPNMTBDISPINFOA #endif
// Return codes for TBN_DROPDOWN
#define TBDDRET_DEFAULT 0
#define TBDDRET_NODEFAULT 1
#define TBDDRET_TREATPRESSED 2 // Treat as a standard press button
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFO TBN_GETBUTTONINFOW
#else
#define TBN_GETBUTTONINFO TBN_GETBUTTONINFOA #endif
#define TBNOTIFYA NMTOOLBARA
#define TBNOTIFYW NMTOOLBARW
#define LPTBNOTIFYA LPNMTOOLBARA
#define LPTBNOTIFYW LPNMTOOLBARW
#define TBNOTIFY NMTOOLBAR
#define LPTBNOTIFY LPNMTOOLBAR
typedef
struct
tagNMTOOLBARA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
TBBUTTON
tbButton
;
int
cchText
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
RECT
rcButton
; }
NMTOOLBARA
, *
LPNMTOOLBARA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTOOLBARW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
TBBUTTON
tbButton
;
int
cchText
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
RECT
rcButton
; }
NMTOOLBARW
, *
LPNMTOOLBARW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTOOLBAR NMTOOLBARW
#define LPNMTOOLBAR LPNMTOOLBARW
#else
#define NMTOOLBAR NMTOOLBARA
#define LPNMTOOLBAR LPNMTOOLBARA #endif
#endif
#endif // NOTOOLBAR
//====== REBAR CONTROL ========================================================
#ifndef NOREBAR
#ifdef _WIN32
#define REBARCLASSNAMEW L"ReBarWindow32"
#define REBARCLASSNAMEA "ReBarWindow32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define REBARCLASSNAME REBARCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define REBARCLASSNAME REBARCLASSNAMEA #endif
#else
#define REBARCLASSNAME "ReBarWindow" #endif
#define RBIM_IMAGELIST 0x00000001
// begin_r_commctrl
#define RBS_TOOLTIPS 0x00000100
#define RBS_VARHEIGHT 0x00000200
#define RBS_BANDBORDERS 0x00000400
#define RBS_FIXEDORDER 0x00000800
#define RBS_REGISTERDROP 0x00001000
#define RBS_AUTOSIZE 0x00002000
#define RBS_VERTICALGRIPPER 0x00004000 // this always has the vertical gripper (default for horizontal mode)
#define RBS_DBLCLKTOGGLE 0x00008000
// end_r_commctrl
typedef
struct
tagREBARINFO
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
fMask
;
#ifndef NOIMAGEAPIS
HIMAGELIST
himl
;
#else
HANDLE himl; #endif
}
REBARINFO
, *
LPREBARINFO
;
#define RBBS_BREAK 0x00000001 // break to new line
#define RBBS_FIXEDSIZE 0x00000002 // band can't be sized
#define RBBS_CHILDEDGE 0x00000004 // edge around top & bottom of child window
#define RBBS_HIDDEN 0x00000008 // don't show
#define RBBS_NOVERT 0x00000010 // don't show when vertical
#define RBBS_FIXEDBMP 0x00000020 // bitmap doesn't move during band resize
#define RBBS_VARIABLEHEIGHT 0x00000040 // allow autosizing of this child vertically
#define RBBS_GRIPPERALWAYS 0x00000080 // always show the gripper
#define RBBS_NOGRIPPER 0x00000100 // never show the gripper
#define RBBS_USECHEVRON 0x00000200 // display drop-down button for this band if it's sized smaller than ideal width
#define RBBS_HIDETITLE 0x00000400 // keep band title hidden
#define RBBS_TOPALIGN 0x00000800 // keep band in top row
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA) #endif
#define RBBIM_STYLE 0x00000001
#define RBBIM_COLORS 0x00000002
#define RBBIM_TEXT 0x00000004
#define RBBIM_IMAGE 0x00000008
#define RBBIM_CHILD 0x00000010
#define RBBIM_CHILDSIZE 0x00000020
#define RBBIM_SIZE 0x00000040
#define RBBIM_BACKGROUND 0x00000080
#define RBBIM_ID 0x00000100
#define RBBIM_IDEALSIZE 0x00000200
#define RBBIM_LPARAM 0x00000400
#define RBBIM_HEADERSIZE 0x00000800 // control the size of the header
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define RBBIM_CHEVRONLOCATION 0x00001000
#define RBBIM_CHEVRONSTATE 0x00002000 #endif
typedef
struct
tagREBARBANDINFOA
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
fMask
;
UINT
fStyle
;
COLORREF
clrFore
;
COLORREF
clrBack
;
LPSTR
lpText
;
UINT
cch
;
int
iImage
;
HWND
hwndChild
;
UINT
cxMinChild
;
UINT
cyMinChild
;
UINT
cx
;
HBITMAP
hbmBack
;
UINT
wID
;
UINT
cyChild
;
UINT
cyMaxChild
;
UINT
cyIntegral
;
UINT
cxIdeal
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
UINT
cxHeader
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
RECT
rcChevronLocation
;
// the rect is in client co-ord wrt hwndChild
UINT
uChevronState
;
// STATE_SYSTEM_*
#endif
}
REBARBANDINFOA
, *
LPREBARBANDINFOA
;
#define REBARBANDINFOA_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOA, wID)
#define REBARBANDINFOW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOW, wID)
#define REBARBANDINFOA_V6_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOA, cxHeader)
#define REBARBANDINFOW_V6_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(REBARBANDINFOW, cxHeader)
typedef
struct
tagREBARBANDINFOW
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
fMask
;
UINT
fStyle
;
COLORREF
clrFore
;
COLORREF
clrBack
;
LPWSTR
lpText
;
UINT
cch
;
int
iImage
;
HWND
hwndChild
;
UINT
cxMinChild
;
UINT
cyMinChild
;
UINT
cx
;
HBITMAP
hbmBack
;
UINT
wID
;
UINT
cyChild
;
UINT
cyMaxChild
;
UINT
cyIntegral
;
UINT
cxIdeal
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
UINT
cxHeader
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
RECT
rcChevronLocation
;
// the rect is in client co-ord wrt hwndChild
UINT
uChevronState
;
// STATE_SYSTEM_*
#endif
}
REBARBANDINFOW
, *
LPREBARBANDINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define REBARBANDINFO REBARBANDINFOW
#define LPREBARBANDINFO LPREBARBANDINFOW
#define LPCREBARBANDINFO LPCREBARBANDINFOW
#define REBARBANDINFO_V3_SIZE REBARBANDINFOW_V3_SIZE
#define REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE REBARBANDINFOW_V6_SIZE
#else
#define REBARBANDINFO REBARBANDINFOA
#define LPREBARBANDINFO LPREBARBANDINFOA
#define LPCREBARBANDINFO LPCREBARBANDINFOA
#define REBARBANDINFO_V3_SIZE REBARBANDINFOA_V3_SIZE
#define REBARBANDINFO_V6_SIZE REBARBANDINFOA_V6_SIZE #endif
#define RB_INSERTBANDA (WM_USER + 1)
#define RB_DELETEBAND (WM_USER + 2)
#define RB_GETBARINFO (WM_USER + 3)
#define RB_SETBARINFO (WM_USER + 4)
#define RB_SETBANDINFOA (WM_USER + 6)
#define RB_SETPARENT (WM_USER + 7)
#define RB_HITTEST (WM_USER + 8)
#define RB_GETRECT (WM_USER + 9)
#define RB_INSERTBANDW (WM_USER + 10)
#define RB_SETBANDINFOW (WM_USER + 11)
#define RB_GETBANDCOUNT (WM_USER + 12)
#define RB_GETROWCOUNT (WM_USER + 13)
#define RB_GETROWHEIGHT (WM_USER + 14)
#define RB_IDTOINDEX (WM_USER + 16) // wParam == id
#define RB_GETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER + 17)
#define RB_SETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER + 18)
#define RB_SETBKCOLOR (WM_USER + 19) // sets the default BK color
#define RB_GETBKCOLOR (WM_USER + 20) // defaults to CLR_NONE
#define RB_SETTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 21)
#define RB_GETTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 22) // defaults to 0x00000000
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define RBSTR_CHANGERECT 0x0001 // flags for RB_SIZETORECT #endif
#define RB_SIZETORECT (WM_USER + 23) // resize the rebar/break bands and such to this rect (lparam)
#define RB_SETCOLORSCHEME CCM_SETCOLORSCHEME // lParam is color scheme
#define RB_GETCOLORSCHEME CCM_GETCOLORSCHEME // fills in COLORSCHEME pointed to by lParam
#ifdef UNICODE
#define RB_INSERTBAND RB_INSERTBANDW
#define RB_SETBANDINFO RB_SETBANDINFOW
#else
#define RB_INSERTBAND RB_INSERTBANDA
#define RB_SETBANDINFO RB_SETBANDINFOA #endif
// for manual drag control
// lparam == cursor pos
// -1 means do it yourself.
// -2 means use what you had saved before
#define RB_BEGINDRAG (WM_USER + 24)
#define RB_ENDDRAG (WM_USER + 25)
#define RB_DRAGMOVE (WM_USER + 26)
#define RB_GETBARHEIGHT (WM_USER + 27)
#define RB_GETBANDINFOW (WM_USER + 28)
#define RB_GETBANDINFOA (WM_USER + 29)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define RB_GETBANDINFO RB_GETBANDINFOW
#else
#define RB_GETBANDINFO RB_GETBANDINFOA #endif
#define RB_MINIMIZEBAND (WM_USER + 30)
#define RB_MAXIMIZEBAND (WM_USER + 31)
#define RB_GETDROPTARGET (CCM_GETDROPTARGET)
#define RB_GETBANDBORDERS (WM_USER + 34) // returns in lparam = lprc the amount of edges added to band wparam
#define RB_SHOWBAND (WM_USER + 35) // show/hide band
#define RB_SETPALETTE (WM_USER + 37)
#define RB_GETPALETTE (WM_USER + 38)
#define RB_MOVEBAND (WM_USER + 39)
#define RB_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define RB_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define RB_GETBANDMARGINS (WM_USER + 40)
#define RB_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME #endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RB_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 41)
#define RB_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 42) #endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600
#define RB_PUSHCHEVRON (WM_USER + 43)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define RB_SETBANDWIDTH (WM_USER + 44) // set width for docked band #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define RBN_HEIGHTCHANGE (RBN_FIRST - 0)
#define RBN_GETOBJECT (RBN_FIRST - 1)
#define RBN_LAYOUTCHANGED (RBN_FIRST - 2)
#define RBN_AUTOSIZE (RBN_FIRST - 3)
#define RBN_BEGINDRAG (RBN_FIRST - 4)
#define RBN_ENDDRAG (RBN_FIRST - 5)
#define RBN_DELETINGBAND (RBN_FIRST - 6) // Uses NMREBAR
#define RBN_DELETEDBAND (RBN_FIRST - 7) // Uses NMREBAR
#define RBN_CHILDSIZE (RBN_FIRST - 8)
#define RBN_CHEVRONPUSHED (RBN_FIRST - 10)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RBN_SPLITTERDRAG (RBN_FIRST - 11) #endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600
#define RBN_MINMAX (RBN_FIRST - 21)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define RBN_AUTOBREAK (RBN_FIRST - 22) #endif
typedef
struct
tagNMREBARCHILDSIZE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
uBand
;
UINT
wID
;
RECT
rcChild
;
RECT
rcBand
; }
NMREBARCHILDSIZE
, *
LPNMREBARCHILDSIZE
;
typedef
struct
tagNMREBAR
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
// RBNM_*
UINT
uBand
;
UINT
fStyle
;
UINT
wID
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMREBAR
, *
LPNMREBAR
;
// Mask flags for NMREBAR
#define RBNM_ID 0x00000001
#define RBNM_STYLE 0x00000002
#define RBNM_LPARAM 0x00000004
typedef
struct
tagNMRBAUTOSIZE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
BOOL
fChanged
;
RECT
rcTarget
;
RECT
rcActual
; }
NMRBAUTOSIZE
, *
LPNMRBAUTOSIZE
;
typedef
struct
tagNMREBARCHEVRON
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
uBand
;
UINT
wID
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
RECT
rc
;
LPARAM
lParamNM
; }
NMREBARCHEVRON
, *
LPNMREBARCHEVRON
;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
typedef
struct
tagNMREBARSPLITTER
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
RECT
rcSizing
; }
NMREBARSPLITTER
, *
LPNMREBARSPLITTER
;
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define RBAB_AUTOSIZE 0x0001 // These are not flags and are all mutually exclusive
#define RBAB_ADDBAND 0x0002
typedef
struct
tagNMREBARAUTOBREAK
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
uBand
;
UINT
wID
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
UINT
uMsg
;
UINT
fStyleCurrent
;
BOOL
fAutoBreak
; }
NMREBARAUTOBREAK
, *
LPNMREBARAUTOBREAK
;
#endif
#define RBHT_NOWHERE 0x0001
#define RBHT_CAPTION 0x0002
#define RBHT_CLIENT 0x0003
#define RBHT_GRABBER 0x0004
#define RBHT_CHEVRON 0x0008
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define RBHT_SPLITTER 0x0010 #endif
typedef
struct
_RB_HITTESTINFO
{
POINT
pt
;
UINT
flags
;
int
iBand
; }
RBHITTESTINFO
, *
LPRBHITTESTINFO
;
#endif // NOREBAR
//====== TOOLTIPS CONTROL =====================================================
#ifndef NOTOOLTIPS
#ifdef _WIN32
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASSW L"tooltips_class32"
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASSA "tooltips_class32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS TOOLTIPS_CLASSW
#else
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS TOOLTIPS_CLASSA #endif
#else
#define TOOLTIPS_CLASS "tooltips_class" #endif
#define LPTOOLINFOA LPTTTOOLINFOA
#define LPTOOLINFOW LPTTTOOLINFOW
#define TOOLINFOA TTTOOLINFOA
#define TOOLINFOW TTTOOLINFOW
#define LPTOOLINFO LPTTTOOLINFO
#define TOOLINFO TTTOOLINFO
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lpszText)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lpszText)
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V2_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lParam)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V2_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lParam)
#define TTTOOLINFOA_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOA, lpReserved)
#define TTTOOLINFOW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TTTOOLINFOW, lpReserved)
typedef
struct
tagTOOLINFOA
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
uFlags
;
HWND
hwnd
;
UINT_PTR
uId
;
RECT
rect
;
HINSTANCE
hinst
;
LPSTR
lpszText
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
void
*
lpReserved
;
#endif
typedef
struct
tagTOOLINFOW
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
uFlags
;
HWND
hwnd
;
UINT_PTR
uId
;
RECT
rect
;
HINSTANCE
hinst
;
LPWSTR
lpszText
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
void
*
lpReserved
;
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTTOOLINFO TTTOOLINFOW
#define PTOOLINFO PTOOLINFOW
#define LPTTTOOLINFO LPTTTOOLINFOW
#define TTTOOLINFO_V1_SIZE TTTOOLINFOW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define PTOOLINFO PTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFO TTTOOLINFOA
#define LPTTTOOLINFO LPTTTOOLINFOA
#define TTTOOLINFO_V1_SIZE TTTOOLINFOA_V1_SIZE #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define TTS_ALWAYSTIP 0x01
#define TTS_NOPREFIX 0x02
#define TTS_NOANIMATE 0x10
#define TTS_NOFADE 0x20
#define TTS_BALLOON 0x40
#define TTS_CLOSE 0x80
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TTS_USEVISUALSTYLE 0x100 // Use themed hyperlinks
#endif
// end_r_commctrl
#define TTF_IDISHWND 0x0001
// Use this to center around trackpoint in trackmode
// -OR- to center around tool in normal mode.
// Use TTF_ABSOLUTE to place the tip exactly at the track coords when
// in tracking mode. TTF_ABSOLUTE can be used in conjunction with TTF_CENTERTIP
// to center the tip absolutely about the track point.
#define TTF_CENTERTIP 0x0002
#define TTF_RTLREADING 0x0004
#define TTF_SUBCLASS 0x0010
#define TTF_TRACK 0x0020
#define TTF_ABSOLUTE 0x0080
#define TTF_TRANSPARENT 0x0100
#define TTF_PARSELINKS 0x1000
#define TTF_DI_SETITEM 0x8000 // valid only on the TTN_NEEDTEXT callback
#define TTDT_AUTOMATIC 0
#define TTDT_RESHOW 1
#define TTDT_AUTOPOP 2
#define TTDT_INITIAL 3
// ToolTip Icons (Set with TTM_SETTITLE)
#define TTI_NONE 0
#define TTI_INFO 1
#define TTI_WARNING 2
#define TTI_ERROR 3
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TTI_INFO_LARGE 4
#define TTI_WARNING_LARGE 5
#define TTI_ERROR_LARGE 6 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// Tool Tip Messages
#define TTM_ACTIVATE (WM_USER + 1)
#define TTM_SETDELAYTIME (WM_USER + 3)
#define TTM_ADDTOOLA (WM_USER + 4)
#define TTM_ADDTOOLW (WM_USER + 50)
#define TTM_DELTOOLA (WM_USER + 5)
#define TTM_DELTOOLW (WM_USER + 51)
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECTA (WM_USER + 6)
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECTW (WM_USER + 52)
#define TTM_RELAYEVENT (WM_USER + 7) // Win7: wParam = GetMessageExtraInfo() when relaying WM_MOUSEMOVE
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFOA (WM_USER + 8)
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFOW (WM_USER + 53)
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFOA (WM_USER + 9)
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFOW (WM_USER + 54)
#define TTM_HITTESTA (WM_USER +10)
#define TTM_HITTESTW (WM_USER +55)
#define TTM_GETTEXTA (WM_USER +11)
#define TTM_GETTEXTW (WM_USER +56)
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTA (WM_USER +12)
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTW (WM_USER +57)
#define TTM_GETTOOLCOUNT (WM_USER +13)
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLSA (WM_USER +14)
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLSW (WM_USER +58)
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLA (WM_USER + 15)
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLW (WM_USER + 59)
#define TTM_WINDOWFROMPOINT (WM_USER + 16)
#define TTM_TRACKACTIVATE (WM_USER + 17) // wParam = TRUE/FALSE start end lparam = LPTOOLINFO
#define TTM_TRACKPOSITION (WM_USER + 18) // lParam = dwPos
#define TTM_SETTIPBKCOLOR (WM_USER + 19)
#define TTM_SETTIPTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 20)
#define TTM_GETDELAYTIME (WM_USER + 21)
#define TTM_GETTIPBKCOLOR (WM_USER + 22)
#define TTM_GETTIPTEXTCOLOR (WM_USER + 23)
#define TTM_SETMAXTIPWIDTH (WM_USER + 24)
#define TTM_GETMAXTIPWIDTH (WM_USER + 25)
#define TTM_SETMARGIN (WM_USER + 26) // lParam = lprc
#define TTM_GETMARGIN (WM_USER + 27) // lParam = lprc
#define TTM_POP (WM_USER + 28)
#define TTM_UPDATE (WM_USER + 29)
#define TTM_GETBUBBLESIZE (WM_USER + 30)
#define TTM_ADJUSTRECT (WM_USER + 31)
#define TTM_SETTITLEA (WM_USER + 32) // wParam = TTI_*, lParam = char* szTitle
#define TTM_SETTITLEW (WM_USER + 33) // wParam = TTI_*, lParam = wchar* szTitle
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TTM_POPUP (WM_USER + 34)
#define TTM_GETTITLE (WM_USER + 35) // wParam = 0, lParam = TTGETTITLE*
typedef
struct
_TTGETTITLE
{
DWORD
dwSize
;
UINT
uTitleBitmap
;
UINT
cch
;
WCHAR
*
pszTitle
; }
TTGETTITLE
, *
PTTGETTITLE
;
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTM_ADDTOOL TTM_ADDTOOLW
#define TTM_DELTOOL TTM_DELTOOLW
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECT TTM_NEWTOOLRECTW
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFO TTM_GETTOOLINFOW
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFO TTM_SETTOOLINFOW
#define TTM_HITTEST TTM_HITTESTW
#define TTM_GETTEXT TTM_GETTEXTW
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXT TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTW
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLS TTM_ENUMTOOLSW
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOL TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLW
#define TTM_SETTITLE TTM_SETTITLEW
#else
#define TTM_ADDTOOL TTM_ADDTOOLA
#define TTM_DELTOOL TTM_DELTOOLA
#define TTM_NEWTOOLRECT TTM_NEWTOOLRECTA
#define TTM_GETTOOLINFO TTM_GETTOOLINFOA
#define TTM_SETTOOLINFO TTM_SETTOOLINFOA
#define TTM_HITTEST TTM_HITTESTA
#define TTM_GETTEXT TTM_GETTEXTA
#define TTM_UPDATETIPTEXT TTM_UPDATETIPTEXTA
#define TTM_ENUMTOOLS TTM_ENUMTOOLSA
#define TTM_GETCURRENTTOOL TTM_GETCURRENTTOOLA
#define TTM_SETTITLE TTM_SETTITLEA #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TTM_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME #endif
#define LPHITTESTINFOW LPTTHITTESTINFOW
#define LPHITTESTINFOA LPTTHITTESTINFOA
#define LPHITTESTINFO LPTTHITTESTINFO
typedef
struct
_TT_HITTESTINFOA
{
HWND
hwnd
;
POINT
pt
;
TTTOOLINFOA
ti
; }
TTHITTESTINFOA
, *
LPTTHITTESTINFOA
;
typedef
struct
_TT_HITTESTINFOW
{
HWND
hwnd
;
POINT
pt
;
TTTOOLINFOW
ti
; }
TTHITTESTINFOW
, *
LPTTHITTESTINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTHITTESTINFO TTHITTESTINFOW
#define LPTTHITTESTINFO LPTTHITTESTINFOW
#else
#define TTHITTESTINFO TTHITTESTINFOA
#define LPTTHITTESTINFO LPTTHITTESTINFOA #endif
#define TTN_GETDISPINFOA (TTN_FIRST - 0)
#define TTN_GETDISPINFOW (TTN_FIRST - 10)
#define TTN_SHOW (TTN_FIRST - 1)
#define TTN_POP (TTN_FIRST - 2)
#define TTN_LINKCLICK (TTN_FIRST - 3)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TTN_GETDISPINFO TTN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define TTN_GETDISPINFO TTN_GETDISPINFOA #endif
#define TTN_NEEDTEXT TTN_GETDISPINFO
#define TTN_NEEDTEXTA TTN_GETDISPINFOA
#define TTN_NEEDTEXTW TTN_GETDISPINFOW
#define TOOLTIPTEXTW NMTTDISPINFOW
#define TOOLTIPTEXTA NMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXTA LPNMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXTW LPNMTTDISPINFOW
#define TOOLTIPTEXT NMTTDISPINFO
#define LPTOOLTIPTEXT LPNMTTDISPINFO
#define NMTTDISPINFOA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTTDISPINFOA, uFlags)
#define NMTTDISPINFOW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTTDISPINFOW, uFlags)
typedef
struct
tagNMTTDISPINFOA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LPSTR
lpszText
;
char
szText
[
80
];
HINSTANCE
hinst
;
UINT
uFlags
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTTDISPINFOA
, *
LPNMTTDISPINFOA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTTDISPINFOW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LPWSTR
lpszText
;
WCHAR
szText
[
80
];
HINSTANCE
hinst
;
UINT
uFlags
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTTDISPINFOW
, *
LPNMTTDISPINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTTDISPINFO NMTTDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTTDISPINFO LPNMTTDISPINFOW
#define NMTTDISPINFO_V1_SIZE NMTTDISPINFOW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define NMTTDISPINFO NMTTDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTTDISPINFO LPNMTTDISPINFOA
#define NMTTDISPINFO_V1_SIZE NMTTDISPINFOA_V1_SIZE #endif
#endif // NOTOOLTIPS
//====== STATUS BAR CONTROL ===================================================
#ifndef NOSTATUSBAR
// begin_r_commctrl
#define SBARS_SIZEGRIP 0x0100
#define SBARS_TOOLTIPS 0x0800
// this is a status bar flag, preference to SBARS_TOOLTIPS
#define SBT_TOOLTIPS 0x0800
// end_r_commctrl
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CreateStatusWindow CreateStatusWindowW
#define DrawStatusText DrawStatusTextW
#else
#define CreateStatusWindow CreateStatusWindowA
#define DrawStatusText DrawStatusTextA #endif
#ifdef _WIN32
#define STATUSCLASSNAMEW L"msctls_statusbar32"
#define STATUSCLASSNAMEA "msctls_statusbar32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define STATUSCLASSNAME STATUSCLASSNAMEW
#else
#define STATUSCLASSNAME STATUSCLASSNAMEA #endif
#else
#define STATUSCLASSNAME "msctls_statusbar" #endif
#define SB_SETTEXTA (WM_USER+1)
#define SB_SETTEXTW (WM_USER+11)
#define SB_GETTEXTA (WM_USER+2)
#define SB_GETTEXTW (WM_USER+13)
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTHA (WM_USER+3)
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTHW (WM_USER+12)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define SB_GETTEXT SB_GETTEXTW
#define SB_SETTEXT SB_SETTEXTW
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTH SB_GETTEXTLENGTHW
#define SB_SETTIPTEXT SB_SETTIPTEXTW
#define SB_GETTIPTEXT SB_GETTIPTEXTW
#else
#define SB_GETTEXT SB_GETTEXTA
#define SB_SETTEXT SB_SETTEXTA
#define SB_GETTEXTLENGTH SB_GETTEXTLENGTHA
#define SB_SETTIPTEXT SB_SETTIPTEXTA
#define SB_GETTIPTEXT SB_GETTIPTEXTA #endif
#define SB_SETPARTS (WM_USER+4)
#define SB_GETPARTS (WM_USER+6)
#define SB_GETBORDERS (WM_USER+7)
#define SB_SETMINHEIGHT (WM_USER+8)
#define SB_SIMPLE (WM_USER+9)
#define SB_GETRECT (WM_USER+10)
#define SB_ISSIMPLE (WM_USER+14)
#define SB_SETICON (WM_USER+15)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXTA (WM_USER+16)
#define SB_SETTIPTEXTW (WM_USER+17)
#define SB_GETTIPTEXTA (WM_USER+18)
#define SB_GETTIPTEXTW (WM_USER+19)
#define SB_GETICON (WM_USER+20)
#define SB_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define SB_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define SBT_OWNERDRAW 0x1000
#define SBT_NOBORDERS 0x0100
#define SBT_POPOUT 0x0200
#define SBT_RTLREADING 0x0400
#define SBT_NOTABPARSING 0x0800
#define SB_SETBKCOLOR CCM_SETBKCOLOR // lParam = bkColor
// status bar notifications
#define SBN_SIMPLEMODECHANGE (SBN_FIRST - 0)
// refers to the data saved for simple mode
#define SB_SIMPLEID 0x00ff
#endif // NOSTATUSBAR
//====== MENU HELP ============================================================
#ifndef NOMENUHELP
#define MINSYSCOMMAND SC_SIZE
#endif
//====== TRACKBAR CONTROL =====================================================
#ifndef NOTRACKBAR
#ifdef _WIN32
#define TRACKBAR_CLASSA "msctls_trackbar32"
#define TRACKBAR_CLASSW L"msctls_trackbar32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS TRACKBAR_CLASSW
#else
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS TRACKBAR_CLASSA #endif
#else
#define TRACKBAR_CLASS "msctls_trackbar" #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define TBS_AUTOTICKS 0x0001
#define TBS_VERT 0x0002
#define TBS_HORZ 0x0000
#define TBS_TOP 0x0004
#define TBS_BOTTOM 0x0000
#define TBS_LEFT 0x0004
#define TBS_RIGHT 0x0000
#define TBS_BOTH 0x0008
#define TBS_NOTICKS 0x0010
#define TBS_ENABLESELRANGE 0x0020
#define TBS_FIXEDLENGTH 0x0040
#define TBS_NOTHUMB 0x0080
#define TBS_TOOLTIPS 0x0100
#define TBS_REVERSED 0x0200 // Accessibility hint: the smaller number (usually the min value) means "high" and the larger number (usually the max value) means "low"
#define TBS_DOWNISLEFT 0x0400 // Down=Left and Up=Right (default is Down=Right and Up=Left)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TBS_NOTIFYBEFOREMOVE 0x0800 // Trackbar should notify parent before repositioning the slider due to user action (enables snapping) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TBS_TRANSPARENTBKGND 0x1000 // Background is painted by the parent via WM_PRINTCLIENT #endif
// end_r_commctrl
#define TBM_GETPOS (WM_USER)
#define TBM_GETRANGEMIN (WM_USER+1)
#define TBM_GETRANGEMAX (WM_USER+2)
#define TBM_GETTIC (WM_USER+3)
#define TBM_SETTIC (WM_USER+4)
#define TBM_SETPOS (WM_USER+5)
#define TBM_SETRANGE (WM_USER+6)
#define TBM_SETRANGEMIN (WM_USER+7)
#define TBM_SETRANGEMAX (WM_USER+8)
#define TBM_CLEARTICS (WM_USER+9)
#define TBM_SETSEL (WM_USER+10)
#define TBM_SETSELSTART (WM_USER+11)
#define TBM_SETSELEND (WM_USER+12)
#define TBM_GETPTICS (WM_USER+14)
#define TBM_GETTICPOS (WM_USER+15)
#define TBM_GETNUMTICS (WM_USER+16)
#define TBM_GETSELSTART (WM_USER+17)
#define TBM_GETSELEND (WM_USER+18)
#define TBM_CLEARSEL (WM_USER+19)
#define TBM_SETTICFREQ (WM_USER+20)
#define TBM_SETPAGESIZE (WM_USER+21)
#define TBM_GETPAGESIZE (WM_USER+22)
#define TBM_SETLINESIZE (WM_USER+23)
#define TBM_GETLINESIZE (WM_USER+24)
#define TBM_GETTHUMBRECT (WM_USER+25)
#define TBM_GETCHANNELRECT (WM_USER+26)
#define TBM_SETTHUMBLENGTH (WM_USER+27)
#define TBM_GETTHUMBLENGTH (WM_USER+28)
#define TBM_SETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER+29)
#define TBM_GETTOOLTIPS (WM_USER+30)
#define TBM_SETTIPSIDE (WM_USER+31)
// TrackBar Tip Side flags
#define TBTS_TOP 0
#define TBTS_LEFT 1
#define TBTS_BOTTOM 2
#define TBTS_RIGHT 3
#define TBM_SETBUDDY (WM_USER+32) // wparam = BOOL fLeft; (or right)
#define TBM_GETBUDDY (WM_USER+33) // wparam = BOOL fLeft; (or right)
#define TBM_SETPOSNOTIFY (WM_USER+34)
#define TBM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TBM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TB_LINEUP 0
#define TB_LINEDOWN 1
#define TB_PAGEUP 2
#define TB_PAGEDOWN 3
#define TB_THUMBPOSITION 4
#define TB_THUMBTRACK 5
#define TB_TOP 6
#define TB_BOTTOM 7
#define TB_ENDTRACK 8
// custom draw item specs
#define TBCD_TICS 0x0001
#define TBCD_THUMB 0x0002
#define TBCD_CHANNEL 0x0003
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TRBN_THUMBPOSCHANGING (TRBN_FIRST-1)
// Structure for Trackbar's TRBN_THUMBPOSCHANGING notification
typedef
struct
tagTRBTHUMBPOSCHANGING
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwPos
;
int
nReason
; }
NMTRBTHUMBPOSCHANGING
;
#endif
#endif // trackbar
//====== DRAG LIST CONTROL ====================================================
#ifndef NODRAGLIST
typedef
struct
tagDRAGLISTINFO
{
UINT
uNotification
;
HWND
hWnd
;
POINT
ptCursor
; }
DRAGLISTINFO
, *
LPDRAGLISTINFO
;
#define DL_BEGINDRAG (WM_USER+133)
#define DL_DRAGGING (WM_USER+134)
#define DL_DROPPED (WM_USER+135)
#define DL_CANCELDRAG (WM_USER+136)
#define DL_CURSORSET 0
#define DL_STOPCURSOR 1
#define DL_COPYCURSOR 2
#define DL_MOVECURSOR 3
#define DRAGLISTMSGSTRING TEXT("commctrl_DragListMsg")
#endif
//====== UPDOWN CONTROL =======================================================
#ifndef NOUPDOWN
#ifdef _WIN32
#define UPDOWN_CLASSA "msctls_updown32"
#define UPDOWN_CLASSW L"msctls_updown32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define UPDOWN_CLASS UPDOWN_CLASSW
#else
#define UPDOWN_CLASS UPDOWN_CLASSA #endif
#else
#define UPDOWN_CLASS "msctls_updown" #endif
typedef
struct
_UDACCEL
{
UINT
nSec
;
UINT
nInc
; }
UDACCEL
, *
LPUDACCEL
;
#define UD_MAXVAL 0x7fff
#define UD_MINVAL (-UD_MAXVAL)
// begin_r_commctrl
#define UDS_WRAP 0x0001
#define UDS_SETBUDDYINT 0x0002
#define UDS_ALIGNRIGHT 0x0004
#define UDS_ALIGNLEFT 0x0008
#define UDS_AUTOBUDDY 0x0010
#define UDS_ARROWKEYS 0x0020
#define UDS_HORZ 0x0040
#define UDS_NOTHOUSANDS 0x0080
#define UDS_HOTTRACK 0x0100
// end_r_commctrl
#define UDM_SETRANGE (WM_USER+101)
#define UDM_GETRANGE (WM_USER+102)
#define UDM_SETPOS (WM_USER+103)
#define UDM_GETPOS (WM_USER+104)
#define UDM_SETBUDDY (WM_USER+105)
#define UDM_GETBUDDY (WM_USER+106)
#define UDM_SETACCEL (WM_USER+107)
#define UDM_GETACCEL (WM_USER+108)
#define UDM_SETBASE (WM_USER+109)
#define UDM_GETBASE (WM_USER+110)
#define UDM_SETRANGE32 (WM_USER+111)
#define UDM_GETRANGE32 (WM_USER+112) // wParam & lParam are LPINT
#define UDM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define UDM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define UDM_SETPOS32 (WM_USER+113)
#define UDM_GETPOS32 (WM_USER+114)
HWND
hParent
,
int
nID
,
HINSTANCE
hInst
,
HWND
hBuddy
,
int
nUpper
,
int
nLower
,
int
nPos
);
#define NM_UPDOWN NMUPDOWN
#define LPNM_UPDOWN LPNMUPDOWN
typedef
struct
_NM_UPDOWN
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iPos
;
int
iDelta
; }
NMUPDOWN
, *
LPNMUPDOWN
;
#define UDN_DELTAPOS (UDN_FIRST - 1)
#endif // NOUPDOWN
//====== PROGRESS CONTROL =====================================================
#ifndef NOPROGRESS
#ifdef _WIN32
#define PROGRESS_CLASSA "msctls_progress32"
#define PROGRESS_CLASSW L"msctls_progress32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define PROGRESS_CLASS PROGRESS_CLASSW
#else
#define PROGRESS_CLASS PROGRESS_CLASSA #endif
#else
#define PROGRESS_CLASS "msctls_progress" #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define PBS_SMOOTH 0x01
#define PBS_VERTICAL 0x04
// end_r_commctrl
#define PBM_SETRANGE (WM_USER+1)
#define PBM_SETPOS (WM_USER+2)
#define PBM_DELTAPOS (WM_USER+3)
#define PBM_SETSTEP (WM_USER+4)
#define PBM_STEPIT (WM_USER+5)
#define PBM_SETRANGE32 (WM_USER+6) // lParam = high, wParam = low
typedef
struct
{
int
iLow
;
int
iHigh
; }
PBRANGE
, *
PPBRANGE
;
#define PBM_GETRANGE (WM_USER+7) // wParam = return (TRUE ? low : high). lParam = PPBRANGE or NULL
#define PBM_GETPOS (WM_USER+8)
#define PBM_SETBARCOLOR (WM_USER+9) // lParam = bar color
#define PBM_SETBKCOLOR CCM_SETBKCOLOR // lParam = bkColor
// begin_r_commctrl
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define PBS_MARQUEE 0x08 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
// end_r_commctrl
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define PBM_SETMARQUEE (WM_USER+10) #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
// begin_r_commctrl
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define PBS_SMOOTHREVERSE 0x10 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// end_r_commctrl
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define PBM_GETSTEP (WM_USER+13)
#define PBM_GETBKCOLOR (WM_USER+14)
#define PBM_GETBARCOLOR (WM_USER+15)
#define PBM_SETSTATE (WM_USER+16) // wParam = PBST_[State] (NORMAL, ERROR, PAUSED)
#define PBM_GETSTATE (WM_USER+17)
#define PBST_NORMAL 0x0001
#define PBST_ERROR 0x0002
#define PBST_PAUSED 0x0003 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#endif // NOPROGRESS
//====== HOTKEY CONTROL =======================================================
#ifndef NOHOTKEY
#define HOTKEYF_SHIFT 0x01
#define HOTKEYF_CONTROL 0x02
#define HOTKEYF_ALT 0x04
#ifdef _MAC
#define HOTKEYF_EXT 0x80
#else
#define HOTKEYF_EXT 0x08 #endif
#define HKCOMB_NONE 0x0001
#define HKCOMB_S 0x0002
#define HKCOMB_C 0x0004
#define HKCOMB_A 0x0008
#define HKCOMB_SC 0x0010
#define HKCOMB_SA 0x0020
#define HKCOMB_CA 0x0040
#define HKCOMB_SCA 0x0080
#define HKM_SETHOTKEY (WM_USER+1)
#define HKM_GETHOTKEY (WM_USER+2)
#define HKM_SETRULES (WM_USER+3)
#ifdef _WIN32
#define HOTKEY_CLASSA "msctls_hotkey32"
#define HOTKEY_CLASSW L"msctls_hotkey32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define HOTKEY_CLASS HOTKEY_CLASSW
#else
#define HOTKEY_CLASS HOTKEY_CLASSA #endif
#else
#define HOTKEY_CLASS "msctls_hotkey" #endif
#endif // NOHOTKEY
// begin_r_commctrl
//====== COMMON CONTROL STYLES ================================================
#define CCS_TOP 0x00000001L
#define CCS_NOMOVEY 0x00000002L
#define CCS_BOTTOM 0x00000003L
#define CCS_NORESIZE 0x00000004L
#define CCS_NOPARENTALIGN 0x00000008L
#define CCS_ADJUSTABLE 0x00000020L
#define CCS_NODIVIDER 0x00000040L
#define CCS_VERT 0x00000080L
#define CCS_LEFT (CCS_VERT | CCS_TOP)
#define CCS_RIGHT (CCS_VERT | CCS_BOTTOM)
#define CCS_NOMOVEX (CCS_VERT | CCS_NOMOVEY)
// end_r_commctrl
//====== SysLink control =========================================
#ifdef _WIN32
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define INVALID_LINK_INDEX (-1)
#define MAX_LINKID_TEXT 48
#define L_MAX_URL_LENGTH (2048 + 32 + sizeof("://"))
#define WC_LINK L"SysLink"
// begin_r_commctrl
#define LWS_TRANSPARENT 0x0001
#define LWS_IGNORERETURN 0x0002
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LWS_NOPREFIX 0x0004
#define LWS_USEVISUALSTYLE 0x0008
#define LWS_USECUSTOMTEXT 0x0010
#define LWS_RIGHT 0x0020 #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// end_r_commctrl
#define LIF_ITEMINDEX 0x00000001
#define LIF_STATE 0x00000002
#define LIF_ITEMID 0x00000004
#define LIF_URL 0x00000008
#define LIS_FOCUSED 0x00000001
#define LIS_ENABLED 0x00000002
#define LIS_VISITED 0x00000004
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LIS_HOTTRACK 0x00000008
#define LIS_DEFAULTCOLORS 0x00000010 // Don't use any custom text colors #endif
typedef
struct
tagLITEM
{
UINT
mask
;
int
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
; }
LITEM
, *
PLITEM
;
typedef
struct
tagLHITTESTINFO
{
POINT
pt
;
LITEM
item
; }
LHITTESTINFO
, *
PLHITTESTINFO
;
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LITEM
item
; } , *;
// SysLink notifications
// NM_CLICK // wParam: control ID, lParam: PNMLINK, ret: ignored.
// LinkWindow messages
#define LM_HITTEST (WM_USER+0x300) // wParam: n/a, lparam: PLHITTESTINFO, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETIDEALHEIGHT (WM_USER+0x301) // wParam: cxMaxWidth, lparam: n/a, ret: cy
#define LM_SETITEM (WM_USER+0x302) // wParam: n/a, lparam: LITEM*, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETITEM (WM_USER+0x303) // wParam: n/a, lparam: LITEM*, ret: BOOL
#define LM_GETIDEALSIZE (LM_GETIDEALHEIGHT) // wParam: cxMaxWidth, lparam: SIZE*, ret: cy
#endif
#endif // _WIN32
//====== End SysLink control =========================================
//====== LISTVIEW CONTROL =====================================================
#ifndef NOLISTVIEW
#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_LISTVIEWA "SysListView32"
#define WC_LISTVIEWW L"SysListView32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_LISTVIEW WC_LISTVIEWW
#else
#define WC_LISTVIEW WC_LISTVIEWA #endif
#else
#define WC_LISTVIEW "SysListView" #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define LVS_ICON 0x0000
#define LVS_REPORT 0x0001
#define LVS_SMALLICON 0x0002
#define LVS_LIST 0x0003
#define LVS_TYPEMASK 0x0003
#define LVS_SINGLESEL 0x0004
#define LVS_SHOWSELALWAYS 0x0008
#define LVS_SORTASCENDING 0x0010
#define LVS_SORTDESCENDING 0x0020
#define LVS_SHAREIMAGELISTS 0x0040
#define LVS_NOLABELWRAP 0x0080
#define LVS_AUTOARRANGE 0x0100
#define LVS_EDITLABELS 0x0200
#define LVS_OWNERDATA 0x1000
#define LVS_NOSCROLL 0x2000
#define LVS_TYPESTYLEMASK 0xfc00
#define LVS_ALIGNTOP 0x0000
#define LVS_ALIGNLEFT 0x0800
#define LVS_ALIGNMASK 0x0c00
#define LVS_OWNERDRAWFIXED 0x0400
#define LVS_NOCOLUMNHEADER 0x4000
#define LVS_NOSORTHEADER 0x8000
// end_r_commctrl
#define LVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define ListView_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)
#define LVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define ListView_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#define LVM_GETBKCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 0)
#define ListView_GetBkColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0L)
#define LVM_SETBKCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 1)
#define ListView_SetBkColor(hwnd, clrBk) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrBk))
#define LVM_GETIMAGELIST (LVM_FIRST + 2)
#define ListView_GetImageList(hwnd, iImageList) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)(INT)(iImageList), 0L)
#define LVSIL_NORMAL 0
#define LVSIL_SMALL 1
#define LVSIL_STATE 2
#define LVSIL_GROUPHEADER 3
#define LVM_SETIMAGELIST (LVM_FIRST + 3)
#define ListView_SetImageList(hwnd, himl, iImageList) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)(iImageList), (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))
#define LVM_GETITEMCOUNT (LVM_FIRST + 4)
#define ListView_GetItemCount(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)
#define LVIF_TEXT 0x00000001
#define LVIF_IMAGE 0x00000002
#define LVIF_PARAM 0x00000004
#define LVIF_STATE 0x00000008
#define LVIF_INDENT 0x00000010
#define LVIF_NORECOMPUTE 0x00000800
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define LVIF_GROUPID 0x00000100
#define LVIF_COLUMNS 0x00000200 #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVIF_COLFMT 0x00010000 // The piColFmt member is valid in addition to puColumns #endif
#define LVIS_FOCUSED 0x0001
#define LVIS_SELECTED 0x0002
#define LVIS_CUT 0x0004
#define LVIS_DROPHILITED 0x0008
#define LVIS_GLOW 0x0010
#define LVIS_ACTIVATING 0x0020
#define LVIS_OVERLAYMASK 0x0F00
#define LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK 0xF000
#define INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK(i) ((i) << 12)
#define I_INDENTCALLBACK (-1)
#define LV_ITEMA LVITEMA
#define LV_ITEMW LVITEMW
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define I_GROUPIDCALLBACK (-1)
#define I_GROUPIDNONE (-2) #endif
#define LV_ITEM LVITEM
#define LVITEMA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMA, lParam)
#define LVITEMW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMW, lParam)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA) // Will be unused downlevel, but sizeof(LVITEMA) must be equal to sizeof(LVITEMW)
#define LVITEMA_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMA, puColumns)
#define LVITEMW_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVITEMW, puColumns)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVITEM_V5_SIZE LVITEMW_V5_SIZE
#else
#define LVITEM_V5_SIZE LVITEMA_V5_SIZE #endif #endif
typedef
struct
tagLVITEMA
{
UINT
mask
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
int
iIndent
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
int
iGroupId
;
UINT
cColumns
;
// tile view columns
PUINT
puColumns
;
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA) // Will be unused downlevel, but sizeof(LVITEMA) must be equal to sizeof(LVITEMW)
int
*
piColFmt
;
int
iGroup
;
// readonly. only valid for owner data.
#endif
}
LVITEMA
, *
LPLVITEMA
;
typedef
struct
tagLVITEMW
{
UINT
mask
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
int
iIndent
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
int
iGroupId
;
UINT
cColumns
;
// tile view columns
PUINT
puColumns
;
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
int
*
piColFmt
;
int
iGroup
;
// readonly. only valid for owner data.
#endif
}
LVITEMW
, *
LPLVITEMW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVITEM LVITEMW
#define LPLVITEM LPLVITEMW
#define LVITEM_V1_SIZE LVITEMW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define LVITEM LVITEMA
#define LPLVITEM LPLVITEMA
#define LVITEM_V1_SIZE LVITEMA_V1_SIZE #endif
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW ((LPWSTR)-1L)
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKA ((LPSTR)-1L)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKW
#else
#define LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACK LPSTR_TEXTCALLBACKA #endif
#define I_IMAGECALLBACK (-1)
#define I_IMAGENONE (-2)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
// For tileview
#define I_COLUMNSCALLBACK ((UINT)-1) #endif
#define LVM_GETITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 5)
#define LVM_GETITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 75)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETITEM LVM_GETITEMW
#else
#define LVM_GETITEM LVM_GETITEMA #endif
#define ListView_GetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define LVM_SETITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 6)
#define LVM_SETITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 76)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETITEM LVM_SETITEMW
#else
#define LVM_SETITEM LVM_SETITEMA #endif
#define ListView_SetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const LV_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define LVM_INSERTITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 7)
#define LVM_INSERTITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 77)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_INSERTITEM LVM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define LVM_INSERTITEM LVM_INSERTITEMA #endif
#define ListView_InsertItem(hwnd, pitem) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const LV_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define LVM_DELETEITEM (LVM_FIRST + 8)
#define ListView_DeleteItem(hwnd, i) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)
#define LVM_DELETEALLITEMS (LVM_FIRST + 9)
#define ListView_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETEALLITEMS, 0, 0L)
#define LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK (LVM_FIRST + 10)
#define ListView_GetCallbackMask(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCALLBACKMASK, 0, 0)
#define LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK (LVM_FIRST + 11)
#define ListView_SetCallbackMask(hwnd, mask) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCALLBACKMASK, (WPARAM)(UINT)(mask), 0)
#define LVNI_ALL 0x0000
#define LVNI_FOCUSED 0x0001
#define LVNI_SELECTED 0x0002
#define LVNI_CUT 0x0004
#define LVNI_DROPHILITED 0x0008
#define LVNI_STATEMASK (LVNI_FOCUSED | LVNI_SELECTED | LVNI_CUT | LVNI_DROPHILITED)
#define LVNI_VISIBLEORDER 0x0010
#define LVNI_PREVIOUS 0x0020
#define LVNI_VISIBLEONLY 0x0040
#define LVNI_SAMEGROUPONLY 0x0080
#define LVNI_ABOVE 0x0100
#define LVNI_BELOW 0x0200
#define LVNI_TOLEFT 0x0400
#define LVNI_TORIGHT 0x0800
#define LVNI_DIRECTIONMASK (LVNI_ABOVE | LVNI_BELOW | LVNI_TOLEFT | LVNI_TORIGHT)
#define LVM_GETNEXTITEM (LVM_FIRST + 12)
#define ListView_GetNextItem(hwnd, i, flags) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNEXTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((flags), 0))
#define LVFI_PARAM 0x0001
#define LVFI_STRING 0x0002
#define LVFI_SUBSTRING 0x0004 // Same as LVFI_PARTIAL
#define LVFI_PARTIAL 0x0008
#define LVFI_WRAP 0x0020
#define LVFI_NEARESTXY 0x0040
#define LV_FINDINFOA LVFINDINFOA
#define LV_FINDINFOW LVFINDINFOW
#define LV_FINDINFO LVFINDINFO
typedef
struct
tagLVFINDINFOA
{
UINT
flags
;
LPCSTR
psz
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
POINT
pt
;
UINT
vkDirection
; }
LVFINDINFOA
, *
LPFINDINFOA
;
typedef
struct
tagLVFINDINFOW
{
UINT
flags
;
LPCWSTR
psz
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
POINT
pt
;
UINT
vkDirection
; }
LVFINDINFOW
, *
LPFINDINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVFINDINFO LVFINDINFOW
#else
#define LVFINDINFO LVFINDINFOA #endif
#define LVM_FINDITEMA (LVM_FIRST + 13)
#define LVM_FINDITEMW (LVM_FIRST + 83)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_FINDITEM LVM_FINDITEMW
#else
#define LVM_FINDITEM LVM_FINDITEMA #endif
#define ListView_FindItem(hwnd, iStart, plvfi) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_FINDITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iStart), (LPARAM)(const LV_FINDINFO *)(plvfi))
#define LVIR_BOUNDS 0
#define LVIR_ICON 1
#define LVIR_LABEL 2
#define LVIR_SELECTBOUNDS 3
#define LVM_GETITEMRECT (LVM_FIRST + 14)
#define ListView_GetItemRect(hwnd, i, prc, code) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(i), \
((prc) ? (((RECT *)(prc))->left = (code),(LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(RECT *)NULL))
#define LVM_SETITEMPOSITION (LVM_FIRST + 15)
#define ListView_SetItemPosition(hwndLV, i, x, y) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMPOSITION, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((x), (y)))
#define LVM_GETITEMPOSITION (LVM_FIRST + 16)
#define ListView_GetItemPosition(hwndLV, i, ppt) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMPOSITION, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(POINT *)(ppt))
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA (LVM_FIRST + 17)
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW (LVM_FIRST + 87)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHW
#else
#define LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTHA #endif
#define ListView_GetStringWidth(hwndLV, psz) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETSTRINGWIDTH, 0, (LPARAM)(LPCTSTR)(psz))
#define LVHT_NOWHERE 0x00000001
#define LVHT_ONITEMICON 0x00000002
#define LVHT_ONITEMLABEL 0x00000004
#define LVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x00000008
#define LVHT_ONITEM (LVHT_ONITEMICON | LVHT_ONITEMLABEL | LVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON)
#define LVHT_ABOVE 0x00000008
#define LVHT_BELOW 0x00000010
#define LVHT_TORIGHT 0x00000020
#define LVHT_TOLEFT 0x00000040
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_HEADER 0x10000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_FOOTER 0x20000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_COLLAPSE 0x40000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_BACKGROUND 0x80000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_STATEICON 0x01000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP_SUBSETLINK 0x02000000
#define LVHT_EX_GROUP (LVHT_EX_GROUP_BACKGROUND | LVHT_EX_GROUP_COLLAPSE | LVHT_EX_GROUP_FOOTER | LVHT_EX_GROUP_HEADER | LVHT_EX_GROUP_STATEICON | LVHT_EX_GROUP_SUBSETLINK)
#define LVHT_EX_ONCONTENTS 0x04000000 // On item AND not on the background
#define LVHT_EX_FOOTER 0x08000000
#define LV_HITTESTINFO LVHITTESTINFO
#define LVHITTESTINFO_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVHITTESTINFO, iItem)
typedef
struct
tagLVHITTESTINFO
{
POINT
pt
;
UINT
flags
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
// this is was NOT in win95. valid only for LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
int
iGroup
;
// readonly. index of group. only valid for owner data.
// supports single item in multiple groups.
#endif
}
LVHITTESTINFO
, *
LPLVHITTESTINFO
;
#define LVM_HITTEST (LVM_FIRST + 18)
#define ListView_HitTest(hwndLV, pinfo) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LV_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))
#define ListView_HitTestEx(hwndLV, pinfo) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_HITTEST, (WPARAM)-1, (LPARAM)(LV_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))
#define LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE (LVM_FIRST + 19)
#define ListView_EnsureVisible(hwndLV, i, fPartialOK) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(int)(i), MAKELPARAM((fPartialOK), 0))
#define LVM_SCROLL (LVM_FIRST + 20)
#define ListView_Scroll(hwndLV, dx, dy) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SCROLL, (WPARAM)(int)(dx), (LPARAM)(int)(dy))
#define LVM_REDRAWITEMS (LVM_FIRST + 21)
#define ListView_RedrawItems(hwndLV, iFirst, iLast) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_REDRAWITEMS, (WPARAM)(int)(iFirst), (LPARAM)(int)(iLast))
#define LVA_DEFAULT 0x0000
#define LVA_ALIGNLEFT 0x0001
#define LVA_ALIGNTOP 0x0002
#define LVA_SNAPTOGRID 0x0005
#define LVM_ARRANGE (LVM_FIRST + 22)
#define ListView_Arrange(hwndLV, code) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_ARRANGE, (WPARAM)(UINT)(code), 0L)
#define LVM_EDITLABELA (LVM_FIRST + 23)
#define LVM_EDITLABELW (LVM_FIRST + 118)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_EDITLABEL LVM_EDITLABELW
#else
#define LVM_EDITLABEL LVM_EDITLABELA #endif
#define ListView_EditLabel(hwndLV, i) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_EDITLABEL, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)
#define LVM_GETEDITCONTROL (LVM_FIRST + 24)
#define ListView_GetEditControl(hwndLV) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0L)
#define LV_COLUMNA LVCOLUMNA
#define LV_COLUMNW LVCOLUMNW
#define LV_COLUMN LVCOLUMN
#define LVCOLUMNA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVCOLUMNA, iSubItem)
#define LVCOLUMNW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVCOLUMNW, iSubItem)
typedef
struct
tagLVCOLUMNA
{
UINT
mask
;
int
fmt
;
int
cx
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iSubItem
;
int
iImage
;
int
iOrder
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
int
cxMin
;
// min snap point
int
cxDefault
;
// default snap point
int
cxIdeal
;
// read only. ideal may not eqaul current width if auto sized (LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS) to a lesser width.
#endif
}
LVCOLUMNA
, *
LPLVCOLUMNA
;
typedef
struct
tagLVCOLUMNW
{
UINT
mask
;
int
fmt
;
int
cx
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iSubItem
;
int
iImage
;
int
iOrder
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
int
cxMin
;
// min snap point
int
cxDefault
;
// default snap point
int
cxIdeal
;
// read only. ideal may not eqaul current width if auto sized (LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS) to a lesser width.
#endif
}
LVCOLUMNW
, *
LPLVCOLUMNW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVCOLUMN LVCOLUMNW
#define LPLVCOLUMN LPLVCOLUMNW
#define LVCOLUMN_V1_SIZE LVCOLUMNW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define LVCOLUMN LVCOLUMNA
#define LPLVCOLUMN LPLVCOLUMNA
#define LVCOLUMN_V1_SIZE LVCOLUMNA_V1_SIZE #endif
#define LVCF_FMT 0x0001
#define LVCF_WIDTH 0x0002
#define LVCF_TEXT 0x0004
#define LVCF_SUBITEM 0x0008
#define LVCF_IMAGE 0x0010
#define LVCF_ORDER 0x0020
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVCF_MINWIDTH 0x0040
#define LVCF_DEFAULTWIDTH 0x0080
#define LVCF_IDEALWIDTH 0x0100 #endif
// LVCFMT_ flags up to FFFF are shared with the header control (HDF_ flags).
// Flags above FFFF are listview-specific.
#define LVCFMT_LEFT 0x0000 // Same as HDF_LEFT
#define LVCFMT_RIGHT 0x0001 // Same as HDF_RIGHT
#define LVCFMT_CENTER 0x0002 // Same as HDF_CENTER
#define LVCFMT_JUSTIFYMASK 0x0003 // Same as HDF_JUSTIFYMASK
#define LVCFMT_IMAGE 0x0800 // Same as HDF_IMAGE
#define LVCFMT_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT 0x1000 // Same as HDF_BITMAP_ON_RIGHT
#define LVCFMT_COL_HAS_IMAGES 0x8000 // Same as HDF_OWNERDRAW
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVCFMT_FIXED_WIDTH 0x00100 // Can't resize the column; same as HDF_FIXEDWIDTH
#define LVCFMT_NO_DPI_SCALE 0x40000 // If not set, CCM_DPISCALE will govern scaling up fixed width
#define LVCFMT_FIXED_RATIO 0x80000 // Width will augment with the row height
// The following flags
#define LVCFMT_LINE_BREAK 0x100000 // Move to the top of the next list of columns
#define LVCFMT_FILL 0x200000 // Fill the remainder of the tile area. Might have a title.
#define LVCFMT_WRAP 0x400000 // This sub-item can be wrapped.
#define LVCFMT_NO_TITLE 0x800000 // This sub-item doesn't have an title.
#define LVCFMT_TILE_PLACEMENTMASK (LVCFMT_LINE_BREAK | LVCFMT_FILL)
#define LVCFMT_SPLITBUTTON 0x1000000 // Column is a split button; same as HDF_SPLITBUTTON #endif
#define LVM_GETCOLUMNA (LVM_FIRST + 25)
#define LVM_GETCOLUMNW (LVM_FIRST + 95)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETCOLUMN LVM_GETCOLUMNW
#else
#define LVM_GETCOLUMN LVM_GETCOLUMNA #endif
#define ListView_GetColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNA (LVM_FIRST + 26)
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNW (LVM_FIRST + 96)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETCOLUMN LVM_SETCOLUMNW
#else
#define LVM_SETCOLUMN LVM_SETCOLUMNA #endif
#define ListView_SetColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(const LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))
#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA (LVM_FIRST + 27)
#define LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW (LVM_FIRST + 97)
#ifdef UNICODE
# define LVM_INSERTCOLUMN LVM_INSERTCOLUMNW
#else
# define LVM_INSERTCOLUMN LVM_INSERTCOLUMNA #endif
#define ListView_InsertColumn(hwnd, iCol, pcol) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), (LPARAM)(const LV_COLUMN *)(pcol))
#define LVM_DELETECOLUMN (LVM_FIRST + 28)
#define ListView_DeleteColumn(hwnd, iCol) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_DELETECOLUMN, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), 0)
#define LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH (LVM_FIRST + 29)
#define ListView_GetColumnWidth(hwnd, iCol) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMNWIDTH, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), 0)
#define LVSCW_AUTOSIZE -1
#define LVSCW_AUTOSIZE_USEHEADER -2
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH (LVM_FIRST + 30)
#define ListView_SetColumnWidth(hwnd, iCol, cx) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMNWIDTH, (WPARAM)(int)(iCol), MAKELPARAM((cx), 0))
#define LVM_GETHEADER (LVM_FIRST + 31)
#define ListView_GetHeader(hwnd)\
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHEADER, 0, 0L)
#define LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE (LVM_FIRST + 33)
#define ListView_CreateDragImage(hwnd, i, lpptUpLeft) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(LPPOINT)(lpptUpLeft))
#define LVM_GETVIEWRECT (LVM_FIRST + 34)
#define ListView_GetViewRect(hwnd, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETVIEWRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))
#define LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 35)
#define ListView_GetTextColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTEXTCOLOR, 0, 0L)
#define LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 36)
#define ListView_SetTextColor(hwnd, clrText) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTEXTCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrText))
#define LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 37)
#define ListView_GetTextBkColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTEXTBKCOLOR, 0, 0L)
#define LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 38)
#define ListView_SetTextBkColor(hwnd, clrTextBk) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTEXTBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(clrTextBk))
#define LVM_GETTOPINDEX (LVM_FIRST + 39)
#define ListView_GetTopIndex(hwndLV) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETTOPINDEX, 0, 0)
#define LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE (LVM_FIRST + 40)
#define ListView_GetCountPerPage(hwndLV) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETCOUNTPERPAGE, 0, 0)
#define LVM_GETORIGIN (LVM_FIRST + 41)
#define ListView_GetOrigin(hwndLV, ppt) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETORIGIN, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(POINT *)(ppt))
#define LVM_UPDATE (LVM_FIRST + 42)
#define ListView_Update(hwndLV, i) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_UPDATE, (WPARAM)(i), 0L)
#define LVM_SETITEMSTATE (LVM_FIRST + 43)
#define ListView_SetItemState(hwndLV, i, data, mask) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
_macro_lvi.stateMask = (mask);\
_macro_lvi.state = (data);\
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}
#define ListView_SetCheckState(hwndLV, i, fCheck) \
ListView_SetItemState(hwndLV, i, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck)?2:1), LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK)
#define LVM_GETITEMSTATE (LVM_FIRST + 44)
#define ListView_GetItemState(hwndLV, i, mask) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(mask))
#define ListView_GetCheckState(hwndLV, i) \
((((UINT)(SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(i), LVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK))) >> 12) -1)
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXTA (LVM_FIRST + 45)
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXTW (LVM_FIRST + 115)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXT LVM_GETITEMTEXTW
#else
#define LVM_GETITEMTEXT LVM_GETITEMTEXTA #endif
#define ListView_GetItemText(hwndLV, i, iSubItem_, pszText_, cchTextMax_) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
_macro_lvi.iSubItem = (iSubItem_);\
_macro_lvi.cchTextMax = (cchTextMax_);\
_macro_lvi.pszText = (pszText_);\
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMTEXT, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXTA (LVM_FIRST + 46)
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXTW (LVM_FIRST + 116)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXT LVM_SETITEMTEXTW
#else
#define LVM_SETITEMTEXT LVM_SETITEMTEXTA #endif
#define ListView_SetItemText(hwndLV, i, iSubItem_, pszText_) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
_macro_lvi.iSubItem = (iSubItem_);\
_macro_lvi.pszText = (pszText_);\
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMTEXT, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}
// these flags only apply to LVS_OWNERDATA listviews in report or list mode
#define LVSICF_NOINVALIDATEALL 0x00000001
#define LVSICF_NOSCROLL 0x00000002
#define LVM_SETITEMCOUNT (LVM_FIRST + 47)
#define ListView_SetItemCount(hwndLV, cItems) \
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMCOUNT, (WPARAM)(cItems), 0)
#define ListView_SetItemCountEx(hwndLV, cItems, dwFlags) \
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMCOUNT, (WPARAM)(cItems), (LPARAM)(dwFlags))
#define LVM_SORTITEMS (LVM_FIRST + 48)
#define ListView_SortItems(hwndLV, _pfnCompare, _lPrm) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SORTITEMS, (WPARAM)(LPARAM)(_lPrm), \
(LPARAM)(PFNLVCOMPARE)(_pfnCompare))
#define LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32 (LVM_FIRST + 49)
#define ListView_SetItemPosition32(hwndLV, i, x0, y0) \
{ POINT ptNewPos; \
ptNewPos.x = (x0); ptNewPos.y = (y0); \
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMPOSITION32, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)&ptNewPos); \
}
#define LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT (LVM_FIRST + 50)
#define ListView_GetSelectedCount(hwndLV) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0, 0L)
#define LVM_GETITEMSPACING (LVM_FIRST + 51)
#define ListView_GetItemSpacing(hwndLV, fSmall) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETITEMSPACING, fSmall, 0L)
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA (LVM_FIRST + 52)
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW (LVM_FIRST + 117)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW
#else
#define LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING LVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA #endif
#define ListView_GetISearchString(hwndLV, lpsz) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETISEARCHSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(lpsz))
#define LVM_SETICONSPACING (LVM_FIRST + 53)
// -1 for cx and cy means we'll use the default (system settings)
// 0 for cx or cy means use the current setting (allows you to change just one param)
#define ListView_SetIconSpacing(hwndLV, cx, cy) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETICONSPACING, 0, MAKELONG(cx,cy))
#define LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (LVM_FIRST + 54) // optional wParam == mask
#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV, dw)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, dw)
#define ListView_SetExtendedListViewStyleEx(hwndLV, dwMask, dw)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, dwMask, dw)
#define LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE (LVM_FIRST + 55)
#define ListView_GetExtendedListViewStyle(hwndLV)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETEXTENDEDLISTVIEWSTYLE, 0, 0)
#define LVS_EX_GRIDLINES 0x00000001
#define LVS_EX_SUBITEMIMAGES 0x00000002
#define LVS_EX_CHECKBOXES 0x00000004
#define LVS_EX_TRACKSELECT 0x00000008
#define LVS_EX_HEADERDRAGDROP 0x00000010
#define LVS_EX_FULLROWSELECT 0x00000020 // applies to report mode only
#define LVS_EX_ONECLICKACTIVATE 0x00000040
#define LVS_EX_TWOCLICKACTIVATE 0x00000080
#define LVS_EX_FLATSB 0x00000100
#define LVS_EX_REGIONAL 0x00000200
#define LVS_EX_INFOTIP 0x00000400 // listview does InfoTips for you
#define LVS_EX_UNDERLINEHOT 0x00000800
#define LVS_EX_UNDERLINECOLD 0x00001000
#define LVS_EX_MULTIWORKAREAS 0x00002000
#define LVS_EX_LABELTIP 0x00004000 // listview unfolds partly hidden labels if it does not have infotip text
#define LVS_EX_BORDERSELECT 0x00008000 // border selection style instead of highlight
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define LVS_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER 0x00010000
#define LVS_EX_HIDELABELS 0x00020000
#define LVS_EX_SINGLEROW 0x00040000
#define LVS_EX_SNAPTOGRID 0x00080000 // Icons automatically snap to grid.
#define LVS_EX_SIMPLESELECT 0x00100000 // Also changes overlay rendering to top right for icon mode. #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVS_EX_JUSTIFYCOLUMNS 0x00200000 // Icons are lined up in columns that use up the whole view area.
#define LVS_EX_TRANSPARENTBKGND 0x00400000 // Background is painted by the parent via WM_PRINTCLIENT
#define LVS_EX_TRANSPARENTSHADOWTEXT 0x00800000 // Enable shadow text on transparent backgrounds only (useful with bitmaps)
#define LVS_EX_AUTOAUTOARRANGE 0x01000000 // Icons automatically arrange if no icon positions have been set
#define LVS_EX_HEADERINALLVIEWS 0x02000000 // Display column header in all view modes
#define LVS_EX_AUTOCHECKSELECT 0x08000000
#define LVS_EX_AUTOSIZECOLUMNS 0x10000000
#define LVS_EX_COLUMNSNAPPOINTS 0x40000000
#define LVS_EX_COLUMNOVERFLOW 0x80000000
#endif
#define LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT (LVM_FIRST + 56)
#define ListView_GetSubItemRect(hwnd, iItem, iSubItem, code, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSUBITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), \
((prc) ? ((((LPRECT)(prc))->top = (iSubItem)), (((LPRECT)(prc))->left = (code)), (LPARAM)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))
#define LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST (LVM_FIRST + 57)
#define ListView_SubItemHitTest(hwnd, plvhti) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LPLVHITTESTINFO)(plvhti))
#define ListView_SubItemHitTestEx(hwnd, plvhti) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SUBITEMHITTEST, (WPARAM)-1, (LPARAM)(LPLVHITTESTINFO)(plvhti))
#define LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY (LVM_FIRST + 58)
#define ListView_SetColumnOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, pi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETCOLUMNORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(LPINT)(pi))
#define LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY (LVM_FIRST + 59)
#define ListView_GetColumnOrderArray(hwnd, iCount, pi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETCOLUMNORDERARRAY, (WPARAM)(iCount), (LPARAM)(LPINT)(pi))
#define LVM_SETHOTITEM (LVM_FIRST + 60)
#define ListView_SetHotItem(hwnd, i) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETHOTITEM, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define LVM_GETHOTITEM (LVM_FIRST + 61)
#define ListView_GetHotItem(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHOTITEM, 0, 0)
#define LVM_SETHOTCURSOR (LVM_FIRST + 62)
#define ListView_SetHotCursor(hwnd, hcur) \
(HCURSOR)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETHOTCURSOR, 0, (LPARAM)(hcur))
#define LVM_GETHOTCURSOR (LVM_FIRST + 63)
#define ListView_GetHotCursor(hwnd) \
(HCURSOR)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETHOTCURSOR, 0, 0)
#define LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT (LVM_FIRST + 64)
#define ListView_ApproximateViewRect(hwnd, iWidth, iHeight, iCount) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_APPROXIMATEVIEWRECT, (WPARAM)(iCount), MAKELPARAM(iWidth, iHeight))
#define LV_MAX_WORKAREAS 16
#define LVM_SETWORKAREAS (LVM_FIRST + 65)
#define ListView_SetWorkAreas(hwnd, nWorkAreas, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETWORKAREAS, (WPARAM)(int)(nWorkAreas), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))
#define LVM_GETWORKAREAS (LVM_FIRST + 70)
#define ListView_GetWorkAreas(hwnd, nWorkAreas, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETWORKAREAS, (WPARAM)(int)(nWorkAreas), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))
#define LVM_GETNUMBEROFWORKAREAS (LVM_FIRST + 73)
#define ListView_GetNumberOfWorkAreas(hwnd, pnWorkAreas) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNUMBEROFWORKAREAS, 0, (LPARAM)(UINT *)(pnWorkAreas))
#define LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK (LVM_FIRST + 66)
#define ListView_GetSelectionMark(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSELECTIONMARK, 0, 0)
#define LVM_SETSELECTIONMARK (LVM_FIRST + 67)
#define ListView_SetSelectionMark(hwnd, i) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETSELECTIONMARK, 0, (LPARAM)(i))
#define LVM_SETHOVERTIME (LVM_FIRST + 71)
#define ListView_SetHoverTime(hwndLV, dwHoverTimeMs)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETHOVERTIME, 0, (LPARAM)(dwHoverTimeMs))
#define LVM_GETHOVERTIME (LVM_FIRST + 72)
#define ListView_GetHoverTime(hwndLV)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETHOVERTIME, 0, 0)
#define LVM_SETTOOLTIPS (LVM_FIRST + 74)
#define ListView_SetToolTips(hwndLV, hwndNewHwnd)\
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndNewHwnd), 0)
#define LVM_GETTOOLTIPS (LVM_FIRST + 78)
#define ListView_GetToolTips(hwndLV)\
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0)
#define LVM_SORTITEMSEX (LVM_FIRST + 81)
#define ListView_SortItemsEx(hwndLV, _pfnCompare, _lPrm) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SORTITEMSEX, (WPARAM)(LPARAM)(_lPrm), (LPARAM)(PFNLVCOMPARE)(_pfnCompare))
typedef
struct
tagLVBKIMAGEA
{
ULONG
ulFlags
;
// LVBKIF_*
HBITMAP
hbm
;
LPSTR
pszImage
;
UINT
cchImageMax
;
int
xOffsetPercent
;
int
yOffsetPercent
; }
LVBKIMAGEA
, *
LPLVBKIMAGEA
;
typedef
struct
tagLVBKIMAGEW
{
ULONG
ulFlags
;
// LVBKIF_*
HBITMAP
hbm
;
LPWSTR
pszImage
;
UINT
cchImageMax
;
int
xOffsetPercent
;
int
yOffsetPercent
; }
LVBKIMAGEW
, *
LPLVBKIMAGEW
;
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_NONE 0x00000000
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_HBITMAP 0x00000001
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_URL 0x00000002
#define LVBKIF_SOURCE_MASK 0x00000003
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_NORMAL 0x00000000
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_TILE 0x00000010
#define LVBKIF_STYLE_MASK 0x00000010
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define LVBKIF_FLAG_TILEOFFSET 0x00000100
#define LVBKIF_TYPE_WATERMARK 0x10000000
#define LVBKIF_FLAG_ALPHABLEND 0x20000000 #endif
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGEA (LVM_FIRST + 68)
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGEW (LVM_FIRST + 138)
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGEA (LVM_FIRST + 69)
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGEW (LVM_FIRST + 139)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define LVM_SETSELECTEDCOLUMN (LVM_FIRST + 140)
#define ListView_SetSelectedColumn(hwnd, iCol) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETSELECTEDCOLUMN, (WPARAM)(iCol), 0)
#define LV_VIEW_ICON 0x0000
#define LV_VIEW_DETAILS 0x0001
#define LV_VIEW_SMALLICON 0x0002
#define LV_VIEW_LIST 0x0003
#define LV_VIEW_TILE 0x0004
#define LV_VIEW_MAX 0x0004
#define LVM_SETVIEW (LVM_FIRST + 142)
#define ListView_SetView(hwnd, iView) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETVIEW, (WPARAM)(DWORD)(iView), 0)
#define LVM_GETVIEW (LVM_FIRST + 143)
#define ListView_GetView(hwnd) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETVIEW, 0, 0)
#define LVGF_NONE 0x00000000
#define LVGF_HEADER 0x00000001
#define LVGF_FOOTER 0x00000002
#define LVGF_STATE 0x00000004
#define LVGF_ALIGN 0x00000008
#define LVGF_GROUPID 0x00000010
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVGF_SUBTITLE 0x00000100 // pszSubtitle is valid
#define LVGF_TASK 0x00000200 // pszTask is valid
#define LVGF_DESCRIPTIONTOP 0x00000400 // pszDescriptionTop is valid
#define LVGF_DESCRIPTIONBOTTOM 0x00000800 // pszDescriptionBottom is valid
#define LVGF_TITLEIMAGE 0x00001000 // iTitleImage is valid
#define LVGF_EXTENDEDIMAGE 0x00002000 // iExtendedImage is valid
#define LVGF_ITEMS 0x00004000 // iFirstItem and cItems are valid
#define LVGF_SUBSET 0x00008000 // pszSubsetTitle is valid
#define LVGF_SUBSETITEMS 0x00010000 // readonly, cItems holds count of items in visible subset, iFirstItem is valid #endif
#define LVGS_NORMAL 0x00000000
#define LVGS_COLLAPSED 0x00000001
#define LVGS_HIDDEN 0x00000002
#define LVGS_NOHEADER 0x00000004
#define LVGS_COLLAPSIBLE 0x00000008
#define LVGS_FOCUSED 0x00000010
#define LVGS_SELECTED 0x00000020
#define LVGS_SUBSETED 0x00000040
#define LVGS_SUBSETLINKFOCUSED 0x00000080
#define LVGA_HEADER_LEFT 0x00000001
#define LVGA_HEADER_CENTER 0x00000002
#define LVGA_HEADER_RIGHT 0x00000004 // Don't forget to validate exclusivity
#define LVGA_FOOTER_LEFT 0x00000008
#define LVGA_FOOTER_CENTER 0x00000010
#define LVGA_FOOTER_RIGHT 0x00000020 // Don't forget to validate exclusivity
typedef
struct
tagLVGROUP
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
mask
;
LPWSTR
pszHeader
;
int
cchHeader
;
LPWSTR
pszFooter
;
int
cchFooter
;
int
iGroupId
;
UINT
stateMask
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
uAlign
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
LPWSTR
pszSubtitle
;
UINT
cchSubtitle
;
LPWSTR
pszTask
;
UINT
cchTask
;
LPWSTR
pszDescriptionTop
;
UINT
cchDescriptionTop
;
LPWSTR
pszDescriptionBottom
;
UINT
cchDescriptionBottom
;
int
iTitleImage
;
int
iExtendedImage
;
int
iFirstItem
;
// Read only
UINT
cItems
;
// Read only
LPWSTR
pszSubsetTitle
;
// NULL if group is not subset
UINT
cchSubsetTitle
;
#define LVGROUP_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVGROUP, uAlign)
#endif
}
LVGROUP
, *
PLVGROUP
;
#define LVM_INSERTGROUP (LVM_FIRST + 145)
#define ListView_InsertGroup(hwnd, index, pgrp) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTGROUP, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)(pgrp))
#define LVM_SETGROUPINFO (LVM_FIRST + 147)
#define ListView_SetGroupInfo(hwnd, iGroupId, pgrp) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(pgrp))
#define LVM_GETGROUPINFO (LVM_FIRST + 149)
#define ListView_GetGroupInfo(hwnd, iGroupId, pgrp) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(pgrp))
#define LVM_REMOVEGROUP (LVM_FIRST + 150)
#define ListView_RemoveGroup(hwnd, iGroupId) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_REMOVEGROUP, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), 0)
#define LVM_MOVEGROUP (LVM_FIRST + 151)
#define ListView_MoveGroup(hwnd, iGroupId, toIndex) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MOVEGROUP, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), (LPARAM)(toIndex))
#define LVM_GETGROUPCOUNT (LVM_FIRST + 152)
#define ListView_GetGroupCount(hwnd) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPCOUNT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)
#define LVM_GETGROUPINFOBYINDEX (LVM_FIRST + 153)
#define ListView_GetGroupInfoByIndex(hwnd, iIndex, pgrp) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPINFOBYINDEX, (WPARAM)(iIndex), (LPARAM)(pgrp))
#define LVM_MOVEITEMTOGROUP (LVM_FIRST + 154)
#define ListView_MoveItemToGroup(hwnd, idItemFrom, idGroupTo) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MOVEITEMTOGROUP, (WPARAM)(idItemFrom), (LPARAM)(idGroupTo))
#define LVGGR_GROUP 0 // Entire expanded group
#define LVGGR_HEADER 1 // Header only (collapsed group)
#define LVGGR_LABEL 2 // Label only
#define LVGGR_SUBSETLINK 3 // subset link only
#define LVM_GETGROUPRECT (LVM_FIRST + 98)
#define ListView_GetGroupRect(hwnd, iGroupId, type, prc) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPRECT, (WPARAM)(iGroupId), \
((prc) ? (((RECT*)(prc))->top = (type)), (LPARAM)(RECT*)(prc) : (LPARAM)(RECT*)NULL))
#define LVGMF_NONE 0x00000000
#define LVGMF_BORDERSIZE 0x00000001
#define LVGMF_BORDERCOLOR 0x00000002
#define LVGMF_TEXTCOLOR 0x00000004
typedef
struct
tagLVGROUPMETRICS
{
UINT
cbSize
;
UINT
mask
;
UINT
Left
;
UINT
Top
;
UINT
Right
;
UINT
Bottom
;
COLORREF
crLeft
;
COLORREF
crTop
;
COLORREF
crRight
;
COLORREF
crBottom
;
COLORREF
crHeader
;
COLORREF
crFooter
; }
LVGROUPMETRICS
, *
PLVGROUPMETRICS
;
#define LVM_SETGROUPMETRICS (LVM_FIRST + 155)
#define ListView_SetGroupMetrics(hwnd, pGroupMetrics) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPMETRICS, 0, (LPARAM)(pGroupMetrics))
#define LVM_GETGROUPMETRICS (LVM_FIRST + 156)
#define ListView_GetGroupMetrics(hwnd, pGroupMetrics) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPMETRICS, 0, (LPARAM)(pGroupMetrics))
#define LVM_ENABLEGROUPVIEW (LVM_FIRST + 157)
#define ListView_EnableGroupView(hwnd, fEnable) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ENABLEGROUPVIEW, (WPARAM)(fEnable), 0)
#define LVM_SORTGROUPS (LVM_FIRST + 158)
#define ListView_SortGroups(hwnd, _pfnGroupCompate, _plv) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SORTGROUPS, (WPARAM)(_pfnGroupCompate), (LPARAM)(_plv))
typedef
struct
tagLVINSERTGROUPSORTED
{
PFNLVGROUPCOMPARE
pfnGroupCompare
;
void
*
pvData
;
LVGROUP
lvGroup
; }
LVINSERTGROUPSORTED
, *
PLVINSERTGROUPSORTED
;
#define LVM_INSERTGROUPSORTED (LVM_FIRST + 159)
#define ListView_InsertGroupSorted(hwnd, structInsert) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTGROUPSORTED, (WPARAM)(structInsert), 0)
#define LVM_REMOVEALLGROUPS (LVM_FIRST + 160)
#define ListView_RemoveAllGroups(hwnd) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_REMOVEALLGROUPS, 0, 0)
#define LVM_HASGROUP (LVM_FIRST + 161)
#define ListView_HasGroup(hwnd, dwGroupId) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_HASGROUP, dwGroupId, 0)
#define ListView_SetGroupState(hwnd, dwGroupId, dwMask, dwState) \
{ LVGROUP _macro_lvg;\
_macro_lvg.cbSize = sizeof(_macro_lvg);\
_macro_lvg.mask = LVGF_STATE;\
_macro_lvg.stateMask = dwMask;\
_macro_lvg.state = dwState;\
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETGROUPINFO, (WPARAM)(dwGroupId), (LPARAM)(LVGROUP *)&_macro_lvg);\
}
#define LVM_GETGROUPSTATE (LVM_FIRST + 92)
#define ListView_GetGroupState(hwnd, dwGroupId, dwMask) \
(UINT) SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETGROUPSTATE, (WPARAM)(dwGroupId), (LPARAM)(dwMask))
#define LVM_GETFOCUSEDGROUP (LVM_FIRST + 93)
#define ListView_GetFocusedGroup(hwnd) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOCUSEDGROUP, 0, 0)
#define LVTVIF_AUTOSIZE 0x00000000
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDWIDTH 0x00000001
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDHEIGHT 0x00000002
#define LVTVIF_FIXEDSIZE 0x00000003
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVTVIF_EXTENDED 0x00000004 #endif
#define LVTVIM_TILESIZE 0x00000001
#define LVTVIM_COLUMNS 0x00000002
#define LVTVIM_LABELMARGIN 0x00000004
typedef
struct
tagLVTILEVIEWINFO
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwMask
;
//LVTVIM_*
DWORD
dwFlags
;
//LVTVIF_*
SIZE
sizeTile
;
int
cLines
;
RECT
rcLabelMargin
; }
LVTILEVIEWINFO
, *
PLVTILEVIEWINFO
;
typedef
struct
tagLVTILEINFO
{
UINT
cbSize
;
int
iItem
;
UINT
cColumns
;
PUINT
puColumns
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
int
*
piColFmt
;
#endif
}
LVTILEINFO
, *
PLVTILEINFO
;
#define LVTILEINFO_V5_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(LVTILEINFO, puColumns)
#define LVM_SETTILEVIEWINFO (LVM_FIRST + 162)
#define ListView_SetTileViewInfo(hwnd, ptvi) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTILEVIEWINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(ptvi))
#define LVM_GETTILEVIEWINFO (LVM_FIRST + 163)
#define ListView_GetTileViewInfo(hwnd, ptvi) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTILEVIEWINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(ptvi))
#define LVM_SETTILEINFO (LVM_FIRST + 164)
#define ListView_SetTileInfo(hwnd, pti) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETTILEINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pti))
#define LVM_GETTILEINFO (LVM_FIRST + 165)
#define ListView_GetTileInfo(hwnd, pti) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETTILEINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pti))
typedef
struct
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
int
iItem
;
DWORD
dwReserved
; }
LVINSERTMARK
, *
LPLVINSERTMARK
;
#define LVIM_AFTER 0x00000001 // TRUE = insert After iItem, otherwise before
#define LVM_SETINSERTMARK (LVM_FIRST + 166)
#define ListView_SetInsertMark(hwnd, lvim) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) (lvim))
#define LVM_GETINSERTMARK (LVM_FIRST + 167)
#define ListView_GetInsertMark(hwnd, lvim) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM) 0, (LPARAM) (lvim))
#define LVM_INSERTMARKHITTEST (LVM_FIRST + 168)
#define ListView_InsertMarkHitTest(hwnd, point, lvim) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_INSERTMARKHITTEST, (WPARAM)(LPPOINT)(point), (LPARAM)(LPLVINSERTMARK)(lvim))
#define LVM_GETINSERTMARKRECT (LVM_FIRST + 169)
#define ListView_GetInsertMarkRect(hwnd, rc) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARKRECT, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(LPRECT)(rc))
#define LVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 170)
#define ListView_SetInsertMarkColor(hwnd, color) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(color))
#define LVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 171)
#define ListView_GetInsertMarkColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)
typedef
struct
tagLVSETINFOTIP
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
; }
LVSETINFOTIP
, *
PLVSETINFOTIP
;
#define LVM_SETINFOTIP (LVM_FIRST + 173)
#define ListView_SetInfoTip(hwndLV, plvInfoTip)\
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETINFOTIP, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(plvInfoTip))
#define LVM_GETSELECTEDCOLUMN (LVM_FIRST + 174)
#define ListView_GetSelectedColumn(hwnd) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETSELECTEDCOLUMN, 0, 0)
#define LVM_ISGROUPVIEWENABLED (LVM_FIRST + 175)
#define ListView_IsGroupViewEnabled(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ISGROUPVIEWENABLED, 0, 0)
#define LVM_GETOUTLINECOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 176)
#define ListView_GetOutlineColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETOUTLINECOLOR, 0, 0)
#define LVM_SETOUTLINECOLOR (LVM_FIRST + 177)
#define ListView_SetOutlineColor(hwnd, color) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETOUTLINECOLOR, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)(COLORREF)(color))
#define LVM_CANCELEDITLABEL (LVM_FIRST + 179)
#define ListView_CancelEditLabel(hwnd) \
(VOID)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_CANCELEDITLABEL, (WPARAM)0, (LPARAM)0)
// These next to methods make it easy to identify an item that can be repositioned
// within listview. For example: Many developers use the lParam to store an identifier that is
// unique. Unfortunatly, in order to find this item, they have to iterate through all of the items
// in the listview. Listview will maintain a unique identifier. The upper bound is the size of a DWORD.
#define LVM_MAPINDEXTOID (LVM_FIRST + 180)
#define ListView_MapIndexToID(hwnd, index) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MAPINDEXTOID, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)0)
#define LVM_MAPIDTOINDEX (LVM_FIRST + 181)
#define ListView_MapIDToIndex(hwnd, id) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_MAPIDTOINDEX, (WPARAM)(id), (LPARAM)0)
#define LVM_ISITEMVISIBLE (LVM_FIRST + 182)
#define ListView_IsItemVisible(hwnd, index) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_ISITEMVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(index), (LPARAM)0)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define ListView_SetGroupHeaderImageList(hwnd, himl) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)LVSIL_GROUPHEADER, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))
#define ListView_GetGroupHeaderImageList(hwnd) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETIMAGELIST, (WPARAM)LVSIL_GROUPHEADER, 0L)
#define LVM_GETEMPTYTEXT (LVM_FIRST + 204)
#define ListView_GetEmptyText(hwnd, pszText, cchText) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETEMPTYTEXT, (WPARAM)(cchText), (LPARAM)(pszText))
#define LVM_GETFOOTERRECT (LVM_FIRST + 205)
#define ListView_GetFooterRect(hwnd, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERRECT, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(prc))
// footer flags
#define LVFF_ITEMCOUNT 0x00000001
typedef
struct
tagLVFOOTERINFO
{
UINT
mask
;
// LVFF_*
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
UINT
cItems
; }
LVFOOTERINFO
, *
LPLVFOOTERINFO
;
#define LVM_GETFOOTERINFO (LVM_FIRST + 206)
#define ListView_GetFooterInfo(hwnd, plvfi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERINFO, (WPARAM)(0), (LPARAM)(plvfi))
#define LVM_GETFOOTERITEMRECT (LVM_FIRST + 207)
#define ListView_GetFooterItemRect(hwnd, iItem, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(prc))
// footer item flags
#define LVFIF_TEXT 0x00000001
#define LVFIF_STATE 0x00000002
// footer item state
#define LVFIS_FOCUSED 0x0001
typedef
struct
tagLVFOOTERITEM
{
UINT
mask
;
// LVFIF_*
int
iItem
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
UINT
state
;
// LVFIS_*
UINT
stateMask
;
// LVFIS_*
}
LVFOOTERITEM
, *
LPLVFOOTERITEM
;
#define LVM_GETFOOTERITEM (LVM_FIRST + 208)
#define ListView_GetFooterItem(hwnd, iItem, pfi) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETFOOTERITEM, (WPARAM)(iItem), (LPARAM)(pfi))
// supports a single item in multiple groups.
typedef
struct
tagLVITEMINDEX
{
int
iItem
;
// listview item index
int
iGroup
;
// group index (must be -1 if group view is not enabled)
}
LVITEMINDEX
, *
PLVITEMINDEX
;
#define LVM_GETITEMINDEXRECT (LVM_FIRST + 209)
#define ListView_GetItemIndexRect(hwnd, plvii, iSubItem, code, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETITEMINDEXRECT, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX*)(plvii), \
((prc) ? ((((LPRECT)(prc))->top = (iSubItem)), (((LPRECT)(prc))->left = (code)), (LPARAM)(prc)) : (LPARAM)(LPRECT)NULL))
#define LVM_SETITEMINDEXSTATE (LVM_FIRST + 210)
#define ListView_SetItemIndexState(hwndLV, plvii, data, mask) \
{ LV_ITEM _macro_lvi;\
_macro_lvi.stateMask = (mask);\
_macro_lvi.state = (data);\
SNDMSG((hwndLV), LVM_SETITEMINDEXSTATE, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX*)(plvii), (LPARAM)(LV_ITEM *)&_macro_lvi);\
}
#define LVM_GETNEXTITEMINDEX (LVM_FIRST + 211)
#define ListView_GetNextItemIndex(hwnd, plvii, flags) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETNEXTITEMINDEX, (WPARAM)(LVITEMINDEX*)(plvii), MAKELPARAM((flags), 0))
#endif
#endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVBKIMAGE LVBKIMAGEW
#define LPLVBKIMAGE LPLVBKIMAGEW
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGE LVM_SETBKIMAGEW
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGE LVM_GETBKIMAGEW
#else
#define LVBKIMAGE LVBKIMAGEA
#define LPLVBKIMAGE LPLVBKIMAGEA
#define LVM_SETBKIMAGE LVM_SETBKIMAGEA
#define LVM_GETBKIMAGE LVM_GETBKIMAGEA #endif
#define ListView_SetBkImage(hwnd, plvbki) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_SETBKIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(plvbki))
#define ListView_GetBkImage(hwnd, plvbki) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), LVM_GETBKIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(plvbki))
#define LPNM_LISTVIEW LPNMLISTVIEW
#define NM_LISTVIEW NMLISTVIEW
typedef
struct
tagNMLISTVIEW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
UINT
uNewState
;
UINT
uOldState
;
UINT
uChanged
;
POINT
ptAction
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMLISTVIEW
, *
LPNMLISTVIEW
;
// NMITEMACTIVATE is used instead of NMLISTVIEW in IE >= 0x400
// therefore all the fields are the same except for extra uKeyFlags
// they are used to store key flags at the time of the single click with
// delayed activation - because by the time the timer goes off a user may
// not hold the keys (shift, ctrl) any more
typedef
struct
tagNMITEMACTIVATE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
UINT
uNewState
;
UINT
uOldState
;
UINT
uChanged
;
POINT
ptAction
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
UINT
uKeyFlags
; }
NMITEMACTIVATE
, *
LPNMITEMACTIVATE
;
// key flags stored in uKeyFlags
#define LVKF_ALT 0x0001
#define LVKF_CONTROL 0x0002
#define LVKF_SHIFT 0x0004
#define NMLVCUSTOMDRAW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMLVCUSTOMDRAW, clrTextBk)
typedef
struct
tagNMLVCUSTOMDRAW
{
NMCUSTOMDRAW
nmcd
;
COLORREF
clrText
;
COLORREF
clrTextBk
;
int
iSubItem
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
DWORD
dwItemType
;
// Item custom draw
COLORREF
clrFace
;
int
iIconEffect
;
int
iIconPhase
;
int
iPartId
;
int
iStateId
;
// Group Custom Draw
RECT
rcText
;
UINT
uAlign
;
// Alignment. Use LVGA_HEADER_CENTER, LVGA_HEADER_RIGHT, LVGA_HEADER_LEFT
#endif
}
NMLVCUSTOMDRAW
, *
LPNMLVCUSTOMDRAW
;
// dwItemType
#define LVCDI_ITEM 0x00000000
#define LVCDI_GROUP 0x00000001
#define LVCDI_ITEMSLIST 0x00000002
// ListView custom draw return values
#define LVCDRF_NOSELECT 0x00010000
#define LVCDRF_NOGROUPFRAME 0x00020000
typedef
struct
tagNMLVCACHEHINT
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iFrom
;
int
iTo
; }
NMLVCACHEHINT
, *
LPNMLVCACHEHINT
;
#define LPNM_CACHEHINT LPNMLVCACHEHINT
#define PNM_CACHEHINT LPNMLVCACHEHINT
#define NM_CACHEHINT NMLVCACHEHINT
typedef
struct
tagNMLVFINDITEMA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iStart
;
LVFINDINFOA
lvfi
; }
NMLVFINDITEMA
, *
LPNMLVFINDITEMA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMLVFINDITEMW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iStart
;
LVFINDINFOW
lvfi
; }
NMLVFINDITEMW
, *
LPNMLVFINDITEMW
;
#define PNM_FINDITEMA LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#define LPNM_FINDITEMA LPNMLVFINDITEMA
#define NM_FINDITEMA NMLVFINDITEMA
#define PNM_FINDITEMW LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#define LPNM_FINDITEMW LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#define NM_FINDITEMW NMLVFINDITEMW
#ifdef UNICODE
#define PNM_FINDITEM PNM_FINDITEMW
#define LPNM_FINDITEM LPNM_FINDITEMW
#define NM_FINDITEM NM_FINDITEMW
#define NMLVFINDITEM NMLVFINDITEMW
#define LPNMLVFINDITEM LPNMLVFINDITEMW
#else
#define PNM_FINDITEM PNM_FINDITEMA
#define LPNM_FINDITEM LPNM_FINDITEMA
#define NM_FINDITEM NM_FINDITEMA
#define NMLVFINDITEM NMLVFINDITEMA
#define LPNMLVFINDITEM LPNMLVFINDITEMA #endif
typedef
struct
tagNMLVODSTATECHANGE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iFrom
;
int
iTo
;
UINT
uNewState
;
UINT
uOldState
; }
NMLVODSTATECHANGE
, *
LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
;
#define PNM_ODSTATECHANGE LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define LPNM_ODSTATECHANGE LPNMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define NM_ODSTATECHANGE NMLVODSTATECHANGE
#define LVN_ITEMCHANGING (LVN_FIRST-0)
#define LVN_ITEMCHANGED (LVN_FIRST-1)
#define LVN_INSERTITEM (LVN_FIRST-2)
#define LVN_DELETEITEM (LVN_FIRST-3)
#define LVN_DELETEALLITEMS (LVN_FIRST-4)
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDITA (LVN_FIRST-5)
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDITW (LVN_FIRST-75)
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDITA (LVN_FIRST-6)
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDITW (LVN_FIRST-76)
#define LVN_COLUMNCLICK (LVN_FIRST-8)
#define LVN_BEGINDRAG (LVN_FIRST-9)
#define LVN_BEGINRDRAG (LVN_FIRST-11)
#define LVN_ODCACHEHINT (LVN_FIRST-13)
#define LVN_ODFINDITEMA (LVN_FIRST-52)
#define LVN_ODFINDITEMW (LVN_FIRST-79)
#define LVN_ITEMACTIVATE (LVN_FIRST-14)
#define LVN_ODSTATECHANGED (LVN_FIRST-15)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_ODFINDITEM LVN_ODFINDITEMW
#else
#define LVN_ODFINDITEM LVN_ODFINDITEMA #endif
#define LVN_HOTTRACK (LVN_FIRST-21)
#define LVN_GETDISPINFOA (LVN_FIRST-50)
#define LVN_GETDISPINFOW (LVN_FIRST-77)
#define LVN_SETDISPINFOA (LVN_FIRST-51)
#define LVN_SETDISPINFOW (LVN_FIRST-78)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDIT LVN_BEGINLABELEDITW
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDIT LVN_ENDLABELEDITW
#define LVN_GETDISPINFO LVN_GETDISPINFOW
#define LVN_SETDISPINFO LVN_SETDISPINFOW
#else
#define LVN_BEGINLABELEDIT LVN_BEGINLABELEDITA
#define LVN_ENDLABELEDIT LVN_ENDLABELEDITA
#define LVN_GETDISPINFO LVN_GETDISPINFOA
#define LVN_SETDISPINFO LVN_SETDISPINFOA #endif
#define LVIF_DI_SETITEM 0x1000
#define LV_DISPINFOA NMLVDISPINFOA
#define LV_DISPINFOW NMLVDISPINFOW
#define LV_DISPINFO NMLVDISPINFO
typedef
struct
tagLVDISPINFO
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LVITEMA
item
; }
NMLVDISPINFOA
, *
LPNMLVDISPINFOA
;
typedef
struct
tagLVDISPINFOW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LVITEMW
item
; }
NMLVDISPINFOW
, *
LPNMLVDISPINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMLVDISPINFO NMLVDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMLVDISPINFO NMLVDISPINFOA #endif
#define LVN_KEYDOWN (LVN_FIRST-55)
#define LV_KEYDOWN NMLVKEYDOWN
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <pshpack1.h> #endif
typedef
struct
tagLVKEYDOWN
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
WORD
wVKey
;
UINT
flags
; }
NMLVKEYDOWN
, *
LPNMLVKEYDOWN
;
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <poppack.h> #endif
#define LVN_MARQUEEBEGIN (LVN_FIRST-56)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LITEM
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
; } , *;
#endif
typedef
struct
tagNMLVGETINFOTIPA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMLVGETINFOTIPA
, *
LPNMLVGETINFOTIPA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMLVGETINFOTIPW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iItem
;
int
iSubItem
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMLVGETINFOTIPW
, *
LPNMLVGETINFOTIPW
;
// NMLVGETINFOTIPA.dwFlag values
#define LVGIT_UNFOLDED 0x0001
#define LVN_GETINFOTIPA (LVN_FIRST-57)
#define LVN_GETINFOTIPW (LVN_FIRST-58)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_GETINFOTIP LVN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMLVGETINFOTIP NMLVGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMLVGETINFOTIP LPNMLVGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define LVN_GETINFOTIP LVN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMLVGETINFOTIP NMLVGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMLVGETINFOTIP LPNMLVGETINFOTIPA #endif
//
// LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH gives the app the opportunity to customize
// incremental search. For example, if the items are numeric,
// the app can do numerical search instead of string search.
//
// ListView notifies the app with NMLVFINDITEM.
// The app sets pnmfi->lvfi.lParam to the result of the incremental search,
// or to LVNSCH_DEFAULT if ListView should do the default search,
// or to LVNSCH_ERROR to fail the search and just beep,
// or to LVNSCH_IGNORE to stop all ListView processing.
//
// The return value is not used.
#define LVNSCH_DEFAULT -1
#define LVNSCH_ERROR -2
#define LVNSCH_IGNORE -3
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHA (LVN_FIRST-62)
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHW (LVN_FIRST-63)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHW
#else
#define LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCH LVN_INCREMENTALSEARCHA #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVN_COLUMNDROPDOWN (LVN_FIRST-64)
#define LVN_COLUMNOVERFLOWCLICK (LVN_FIRST-66)
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
typedef
struct
tagNMLVSCROLL
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
dx
;
int
dy
; }
NMLVSCROLL
, *
LPNMLVSCROLL
;
#define LVN_BEGINSCROLL (LVN_FIRST-80)
#define LVN_ENDSCROLL (LVN_FIRST-81) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define LVN_LINKCLICK (LVN_FIRST-84)
#define EMF_CENTERED 0x00000001 // render markup centered in the listview area
typedef
struct
tagNMLVEMPTYMARKUP
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
// out params from client back to listview
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// EMF_*
}
NMLVEMPTYMARKUP
;
#define LVN_GETEMPTYMARKUP (LVN_FIRST-87)
#endif
#endif // NOLISTVIEW
//====== TREEVIEW CONTROL =====================================================
#ifndef NOTREEVIEW
#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_TREEVIEWA "SysTreeView32"
#define WC_TREEVIEWW L"SysTreeView32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_TREEVIEW WC_TREEVIEWW
#else
#define WC_TREEVIEW WC_TREEVIEWA #endif
#else
#define WC_TREEVIEW "SysTreeView" #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define TVS_HASBUTTONS 0x0001
#define TVS_HASLINES 0x0002
#define TVS_LINESATROOT 0x0004
#define TVS_EDITLABELS 0x0008
#define TVS_DISABLEDRAGDROP 0x0010
#define TVS_SHOWSELALWAYS 0x0020
#define TVS_RTLREADING 0x0040
#define TVS_NOTOOLTIPS 0x0080
#define TVS_CHECKBOXES 0x0100
#define TVS_TRACKSELECT 0x0200
#define TVS_SINGLEEXPAND 0x0400
#define TVS_INFOTIP 0x0800
#define TVS_FULLROWSELECT 0x1000
#define TVS_NOSCROLL 0x2000
#define TVS_NONEVENHEIGHT 0x4000
#define TVS_NOHSCROLL 0x8000 // TVS_NOSCROLL overrides this
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TVS_EX_NOSINGLECOLLAPSE 0x0001 #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TVS_EX_MULTISELECT 0x0002
#define TVS_EX_DOUBLEBUFFER 0x0004
#define TVS_EX_NOINDENTSTATE 0x0008
#define TVS_EX_RICHTOOLTIP 0x0010
#define TVS_EX_AUTOHSCROLL 0x0020
#define TVS_EX_FADEINOUTEXPANDOS 0x0040
#define TVS_EX_PARTIALCHECKBOXES 0x0080
#define TVS_EX_EXCLUSIONCHECKBOXES 0x0100
#define TVS_EX_DIMMEDCHECKBOXES 0x0200
#define TVS_EX_DRAWIMAGEASYNC 0x0400 #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINTHRESHOLD) #endif
// end_r_commctrl
struct
_TREEITEM
;
typedef
struct
_TREEITEM
*
HTREEITEM
;
#define TVIF_TEXT 0x0001
#define TVIF_IMAGE 0x0002
#define TVIF_PARAM 0x0004
#define TVIF_STATE 0x0008
#define TVIF_HANDLE 0x0010
#define TVIF_SELECTEDIMAGE 0x0020
#define TVIF_CHILDREN 0x0040
#define TVIF_INTEGRAL 0x0080
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVIF_STATEEX 0x0100
#define TVIF_EXPANDEDIMAGE 0x0200 #endif
#define TVIS_SELECTED 0x0002
#define TVIS_CUT 0x0004
#define TVIS_DROPHILITED 0x0008
#define TVIS_BOLD 0x0010
#define TVIS_EXPANDED 0x0020
#define TVIS_EXPANDEDONCE 0x0040
#define TVIS_EXPANDPARTIAL 0x0080
#define TVIS_OVERLAYMASK 0x0F00
#define TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK 0xF000
#define TVIS_USERMASK 0xF000
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVIS_EX_FLAT 0x0001
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TVIS_EX_DISABLED 0x0002 #endif
#define TVIS_EX_ALL 0x0002
// Structure for TreeView's NM_TVSTATEIMAGECHANGING notification
typedef
struct
tagNMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
HTREEITEM
hti
;
int
iOldStateImageIndex
;
int
iNewStateImageIndex
; }
NMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING
, *
LPNMTVSTATEIMAGECHANGING
;
#endif
#define I_CHILDRENCALLBACK (-1)
#define I_CHILDRENAUTO (-2)
#define LPTV_ITEMW LPTVITEMW
#define LPTV_ITEMA LPTVITEMA
#define TV_ITEMW TVITEMW
#define TV_ITEMA TVITEMA
#define LPTV_ITEM LPTVITEM
#define TV_ITEM TVITEM
typedef
struct
tagTVITEMA
{
UINT
mask
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
int
iSelectedImage
;
int
cChildren
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
TVITEMA
, *
LPTVITEMA
;
typedef
struct
tagTVITEMW
{
UINT
mask
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
int
iSelectedImage
;
int
cChildren
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
TVITEMW
, *
LPTVITEMW
;
// only used for Get and Set messages. no notifies
typedef
struct
tagTVITEMEXA
{
UINT
mask
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
int
iSelectedImage
;
int
cChildren
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
int
iIntegral
;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
UINT
uStateEx
;
HWND
hwnd
;
int
iExpandedImage
;
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN7)
int
iReserved
;
#endif
}
TVITEMEXA
, *
LPTVITEMEXA
;
// only used for Get and Set messages. no notifies
typedef
struct
tagTVITEMEXW
{
UINT
mask
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
UINT
state
;
UINT
stateMask
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
int
iSelectedImage
;
int
cChildren
;
LPARAM
lParam
;
int
iIntegral
;
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
UINT
uStateEx
;
HWND
hwnd
;
int
iExpandedImage
;
#endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN7)
int
iReserved
;
#endif
}
TVITEMEXW
, *
LPTVITEMEXW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
typedef
TVITEMEXW
TVITEMEX
;
typedef
LPTVITEMEXW
LPTVITEMEX
;
#else
typedef TVITEMEXA TVITEMEX;
typedef LPTVITEMEXA LPTVITEMEX; #endif // UNICODE
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVITEM TVITEMW
#define LPTVITEM LPTVITEMW
#else
#define TVITEM TVITEMA
#define LPTVITEM LPTVITEMA #endif
#define TVI_ROOT ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x10000)
#define TVI_FIRST ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFF)
#define TVI_LAST ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFE)
#define TVI_SORT ((HTREEITEM)(ULONG_PTR)-0x0FFFD)
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTA LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCTW LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCTA TVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCTW TVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TV_INSERTSTRUCT TVINSERTSTRUCT
#define LPTV_INSERTSTRUCT LPTVINSERTSTRUCT
#define TVINSERTSTRUCTA_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TVINSERTSTRUCTA, item)
#define TVINSERTSTRUCTW_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(TVINSERTSTRUCTW, item)
typedef
struct
tagTVINSERTSTRUCTA
{
HTREEITEM
hParent
;
HTREEITEM
hInsertAfter
;
union
{
TVITEMEXA
itemex
; }
TVINSERTSTRUCTA
, *
LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
;
typedef
struct
tagTVINSERTSTRUCTW
{
HTREEITEM
hParent
;
HTREEITEM
hInsertAfter
;
union
{
TVITEMEXW
itemex
; }
TVINSERTSTRUCTW
, *
LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT TVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define LPTVINSERTSTRUCT LPTVINSERTSTRUCTW
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT_V1_SIZE TVINSERTSTRUCTW_V1_SIZE
#else
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT TVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define LPTVINSERTSTRUCT LPTVINSERTSTRUCTA
#define TVINSERTSTRUCT_V1_SIZE TVINSERTSTRUCTA_V1_SIZE #endif
#define TVM_INSERTITEMA (TV_FIRST + 0)
#define TVM_INSERTITEMW (TV_FIRST + 50)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_INSERTITEM TVM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define TVM_INSERTITEM TVM_INSERTITEMA #endif
#define TreeView_InsertItem(hwnd, lpis) \
(HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_INSERTITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTV_INSERTSTRUCT)(lpis))
#define TVM_DELETEITEM (TV_FIRST + 1)
#define TreeView_DeleteItem(hwnd, hitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_DELETEITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TreeView_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_DELETEITEM, 0, (LPARAM)TVI_ROOT)
#define TVM_EXPAND (TV_FIRST + 2)
#define TreeView_Expand(hwnd, hitem, code) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_EXPAND, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TVE_COLLAPSE 0x0001
#define TVE_EXPAND 0x0002
#define TVE_TOGGLE 0x0003
#define TVE_EXPANDPARTIAL 0x4000
#define TVE_COLLAPSERESET 0x8000
#define TVM_GETITEMRECT (TV_FIRST + 4)
#define TreeView_GetItemRect(hwnd, hitem, prc, code) \
(*(HTREEITEM *)(prc) = (hitem), (BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc)))
#define TVM_GETCOUNT (TV_FIRST + 5)
#define TreeView_GetCount(hwnd) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETCOUNT, 0, 0)
#define TVM_GETINDENT (TV_FIRST + 6)
#define TreeView_GetIndent(hwnd) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETINDENT, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETINDENT (TV_FIRST + 7)
#define TreeView_SetIndent(hwnd, indent) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINDENT, (WPARAM)(indent), 0)
#define TVM_GETIMAGELIST (TV_FIRST + 8)
#define TreeView_GetImageList(hwnd, iImage) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETIMAGELIST, iImage, 0)
#define TVSIL_NORMAL 0
#define TVSIL_STATE 2
#define TVM_SETIMAGELIST (TV_FIRST + 9)
#define TreeView_SetImageList(hwnd, himl, iImage) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETIMAGELIST, iImage, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))
#define TVM_GETNEXTITEM (TV_FIRST + 10)
#define TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, code) \
(HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETNEXTITEM, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TVGN_ROOT 0x0000
#define TVGN_NEXT 0x0001
#define TVGN_PREVIOUS 0x0002
#define TVGN_PARENT 0x0003
#define TVGN_CHILD 0x0004
#define TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE 0x0005
#define TVGN_NEXTVISIBLE 0x0006
#define TVGN_PREVIOUSVISIBLE 0x0007
#define TVGN_DROPHILITE 0x0008
#define TVGN_CARET 0x0009
#define TVGN_LASTVISIBLE 0x000A
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVGN_NEXTSELECTED 0x000B #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TVSI_NOSINGLEEXPAND 0x8000 // Should not conflict with TVGN flags. #endif
#define TreeView_GetChild(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_CHILD)
#define TreeView_GetNextSibling(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXT)
#define TreeView_GetPrevSibling(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PREVIOUS)
#define TreeView_GetParent(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PARENT)
#define TreeView_GetFirstVisible(hwnd) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetNextVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXTVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetPrevVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_PREVIOUSVISIBLE)
#define TreeView_GetSelection(hwnd) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_CARET)
#define TreeView_GetDropHilight(hwnd) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_DROPHILITE)
#define TreeView_GetRoot(hwnd) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_ROOT)
#define TreeView_GetLastVisible(hwnd) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, NULL, TVGN_LASTVISIBLE)
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TreeView_GetNextSelected(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_GetNextItem(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_NEXTSELECTED) #endif
#define TVM_SELECTITEM (TV_FIRST + 11)
#define TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, code) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SELECTITEM, (WPARAM)(code), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TreeView_SelectItem(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_CARET)
#define TreeView_SelectDropTarget(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_DROPHILITE)
#define TreeView_SelectSetFirstVisible(hwnd, hitem) TreeView_Select(hwnd, hitem, TVGN_FIRSTVISIBLE)
#define TVM_GETITEMA (TV_FIRST + 12)
#define TVM_GETITEMW (TV_FIRST + 62)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_GETITEM TVM_GETITEMW
#else
#define TVM_GETITEM TVM_GETITEMA #endif
#define TreeView_GetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(TV_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define TVM_SETITEMA (TV_FIRST + 13)
#define TVM_SETITEMW (TV_FIRST + 63)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_SETITEM TVM_SETITEMW
#else
#define TVM_SETITEM TVM_SETITEMA #endif
#define TreeView_SetItem(hwnd, pitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(const TV_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define TVM_EDITLABELA (TV_FIRST + 14)
#define TVM_EDITLABELW (TV_FIRST + 65)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_EDITLABEL TVM_EDITLABELW
#else
#define TVM_EDITLABEL TVM_EDITLABELA #endif
#define TreeView_EditLabel(hwnd, hitem) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_EDITLABEL, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TVM_GETEDITCONTROL (TV_FIRST + 15)
#define TreeView_GetEditControl(hwnd) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETEDITCONTROL, 0, 0)
#define TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT (TV_FIRST + 16)
#define TreeView_GetVisibleCount(hwnd) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETVISIBLECOUNT, 0, 0)
#define TVM_HITTEST (TV_FIRST + 17)
#define TreeView_HitTest(hwnd, lpht) \
(HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTV_HITTESTINFO)(lpht))
#define LPTV_HITTESTINFO LPTVHITTESTINFO
#define TV_HITTESTINFO TVHITTESTINFO
typedef
struct
tagTVHITTESTINFO
{
POINT
pt
;
UINT
flags
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
; }
TVHITTESTINFO
, *
LPTVHITTESTINFO
;
#define TVHT_NOWHERE 0x0001
#define TVHT_ONITEMICON 0x0002
#define TVHT_ONITEMLABEL 0x0004
#define TVHT_ONITEM (TVHT_ONITEMICON | TVHT_ONITEMLABEL | TVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON)
#define TVHT_ONITEMINDENT 0x0008
#define TVHT_ONITEMBUTTON 0x0010
#define TVHT_ONITEMRIGHT 0x0020
#define TVHT_ONITEMSTATEICON 0x0040
#define TVHT_ABOVE 0x0100
#define TVHT_BELOW 0x0200
#define TVHT_TORIGHT 0x0400
#define TVHT_TOLEFT 0x0800
#define TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE (TV_FIRST + 18)
#define TreeView_CreateDragImage(hwnd, hitem) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_CREATEDRAGIMAGE, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TVM_SORTCHILDREN (TV_FIRST + 19)
#define TreeView_SortChildren(hwnd, hitem, recurse) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SORTCHILDREN, (WPARAM)(recurse), (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE (TV_FIRST + 20)
#define TreeView_EnsureVisible(hwnd, hitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_ENSUREVISIBLE, 0, (LPARAM)(HTREEITEM)(hitem))
#define TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB (TV_FIRST + 21)
#define TreeView_SortChildrenCB(hwnd, psort, recurse) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SORTCHILDRENCB, (WPARAM)(recurse), \
(LPARAM)(LPTV_SORTCB)(psort))
#define TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW (TV_FIRST + 22)
#define TreeView_EndEditLabelNow(hwnd, fCancel) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_ENDEDITLABELNOW, (WPARAM)(fCancel), 0)
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA (TV_FIRST + 23)
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW (TV_FIRST + 64)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGW
#else
#define TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING TVM_GETISEARCHSTRINGA #endif
#define TVM_SETTOOLTIPS (TV_FIRST + 24)
#define TreeView_SetToolTips(hwnd, hwndTT) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndTT), 0)
#define TVM_GETTOOLTIPS (TV_FIRST + 25)
#define TreeView_GetToolTips(hwnd) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0)
#define TreeView_GetISearchString(hwndTV, lpsz) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETISEARCHSTRING, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(lpsz))
#define TVM_SETINSERTMARK (TV_FIRST + 26)
#define TreeView_SetInsertMark(hwnd, hItem, fAfter) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINSERTMARK, (WPARAM) (fAfter), (LPARAM) (hItem))
#define TVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TreeView_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)
#define TVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TreeView_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETITEMHEIGHT (TV_FIRST + 27)
#define TreeView_SetItemHeight(hwnd, iHeight) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETITEMHEIGHT, (WPARAM)(iHeight), 0)
#define TVM_GETITEMHEIGHT (TV_FIRST + 28)
#define TreeView_GetItemHeight(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMHEIGHT, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETBKCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 29)
#define TreeView_SetBkColor(hwnd, clr) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 30)
#define TreeView_SetTextColor(hwnd, clr) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETTEXTCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define TVM_GETBKCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 31)
#define TreeView_GetBkColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0)
#define TVM_GETTEXTCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 32)
#define TreeView_GetTextColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETTEXTCOLOR, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETSCROLLTIME (TV_FIRST + 33)
#define TreeView_SetScrollTime(hwnd, uTime) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETSCROLLTIME, uTime, 0)
#define TVM_GETSCROLLTIME (TV_FIRST + 34)
#define TreeView_GetScrollTime(hwnd) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETSCROLLTIME, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 37)
#define TreeView_SetInsertMarkColor(hwnd, clr) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETINSERTMARKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define TVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR (TV_FIRST + 38)
#define TreeView_GetInsertMarkColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETINSERTMARKCOLOR, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETBORDER (TV_FIRST + 35)
#define TreeView_SetBorder(hwnd, dwFlags, xBorder, yBorder) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETBORDER, (WPARAM)(dwFlags), MAKELPARAM(xBorder, yBorder))
#define TVSBF_XBORDER 0x00000001
#define TVSBF_YBORDER 0x00000002
// tvm_?etitemstate only uses mask, state and stateMask.
// so unicode or ansi is irrelevant.
#define TreeView_SetItemState(hwndTV, hti, data, _mask) \
{ TVITEM _ms_TVi;\
_ms_TVi.mask = TVIF_STATE; \
_ms_TVi.hItem = (hti); \
_ms_TVi.stateMask = (_mask);\
_ms_TVi.state = (data);\
SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_SETITEM, 0, (LPARAM)(TV_ITEM *)&_ms_TVi);\
}
#define TreeView_SetCheckState(hwndTV, hti, fCheck) \
TreeView_SetItemState(hwndTV, hti, INDEXTOSTATEIMAGEMASK((fCheck)?2:1), TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK)
#define TVM_GETITEMSTATE (TV_FIRST + 39)
#define TreeView_GetItemState(hwndTV, hti, mask) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(hti), (LPARAM)(mask))
#define TreeView_GetCheckState(hwndTV, hti) \
((((UINT)(SNDMSG((hwndTV), TVM_GETITEMSTATE, (WPARAM)(hti), TVIS_STATEIMAGEMASK))) >> 12) -1)
#define TVM_SETLINECOLOR (TV_FIRST + 40)
#define TreeView_SetLineColor(hwnd, clr) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETLINECOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define TVM_GETLINECOLOR (TV_FIRST + 41)
#define TreeView_GetLineColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETLINECOLOR, 0, 0)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define TVM_MAPACCIDTOHTREEITEM (TV_FIRST + 42)
#define TreeView_MapAccIDToHTREEITEM(hwnd, id) \
(HTREEITEM)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_MAPACCIDTOHTREEITEM, id, 0)
#define TVM_MAPHTREEITEMTOACCID (TV_FIRST + 43)
#define TreeView_MapHTREEITEMToAccID(hwnd, htreeitem) \
(UINT)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_MAPHTREEITEMTOACCID, (WPARAM)(htreeitem), 0)
#define TVM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (TV_FIRST + 44)
#define TreeView_SetExtendedStyle(hwnd, dw, mask) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, mask, dw)
#define TVM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (TV_FIRST + 45)
#define TreeView_GetExtendedStyle(hwnd) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SETAUTOSCROLLINFO (TV_FIRST + 59)
#define TreeView_SetAutoScrollInfo(hwnd, uPixPerSec, uUpdateTime) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETAUTOSCROLLINFO, (WPARAM)(uPixPerSec), (LPARAM)(uUpdateTime)) #endif
#define TVM_SETHOT (TV_FIRST + 58)
#define TreeView_SetHot(hwnd, hitem) \
SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SETHOT, 0, (LPARAM)(hitem))
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define TVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT (TV_FIRST + 70)
#define TreeView_GetSelectedCount(hwnd) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETSELECTEDCOUNT, 0, 0)
#define TVM_SHOWINFOTIP (TV_FIRST + 71)
#define TreeView_ShowInfoTip(hwnd, hitem) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_SHOWINFOTIP, 0, (LPARAM)(hitem))
typedef
enum
_TVITEMPART
{
TVGIPR_BUTTON
=
0x0001
, }
TVITEMPART
;
typedef
struct
tagTVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO
{
HTREEITEM
hti
;
RECT
*
prc
;
TVITEMPART
partID
; }
TVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO
;
#define TVM_GETITEMPARTRECT (TV_FIRST + 72)
#define TreeView_GetItemPartRect(hwnd, hitem, prc, partid) \
{ TVGETITEMPARTRECTINFO info; \
info.hti = (hitem); \
info.prc = (prc); \
info.partID = (partid); \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TVM_GETITEMPARTRECT, 0, (LPARAM)&info); \
}
#endif
#define LPTV_SORTCB LPTVSORTCB
#define TV_SORTCB TVSORTCB
typedef
struct
tagTVSORTCB
{
HTREEITEM
hParent
;
PFNTVCOMPARE
lpfnCompare
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
TVSORTCB
, *
LPTVSORTCB
;
#define LPNM_TREEVIEWA LPNMTREEVIEWA
#define LPNM_TREEVIEWW LPNMTREEVIEWW
#define NM_TREEVIEWW NMTREEVIEWW
#define NM_TREEVIEWA NMTREEVIEWA
#define LPNM_TREEVIEW LPNMTREEVIEW
#define NM_TREEVIEW NMTREEVIEW
typedef
struct
tagNMTREEVIEWA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
action
;
TVITEMA
itemOld
;
TVITEMA
itemNew
;
POINT
ptDrag
; }
NMTREEVIEWA
, *
LPNMTREEVIEWA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTREEVIEWW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
action
;
TVITEMW
itemOld
;
TVITEMW
itemNew
;
POINT
ptDrag
; }
NMTREEVIEWW
, *
LPNMTREEVIEWW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTREEVIEW NMTREEVIEWW
#define LPNMTREEVIEW LPNMTREEVIEWW
#else
#define NMTREEVIEW NMTREEVIEWA
#define LPNMTREEVIEW LPNMTREEVIEWA #endif
#define TVN_SELCHANGINGA (TVN_FIRST-1)
#define TVN_SELCHANGINGW (TVN_FIRST-50)
#define TVN_SELCHANGEDA (TVN_FIRST-2)
#define TVN_SELCHANGEDW (TVN_FIRST-51)
#define TVC_UNKNOWN 0x0000
#define TVC_BYMOUSE 0x0001
#define TVC_BYKEYBOARD 0x0002
#define TVN_GETDISPINFOA (TVN_FIRST-3)
#define TVN_GETDISPINFOW (TVN_FIRST-52)
#define TVN_SETDISPINFOA (TVN_FIRST-4)
#define TVN_SETDISPINFOW (TVN_FIRST-53)
#define TVIF_DI_SETITEM 0x1000
#define TV_DISPINFOA NMTVDISPINFOA
#define TV_DISPINFOW NMTVDISPINFOW
#define TV_DISPINFO NMTVDISPINFO
typedef
struct
tagTVDISPINFOA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
TVITEMA
item
; }
NMTVDISPINFOA
, *
LPNMTVDISPINFOA
;
typedef
struct
tagTVDISPINFOW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
TVITEMW
item
; }
NMTVDISPINFOW
, *
LPNMTVDISPINFOW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTVDISPINFO NMTVDISPINFOW
#define LPNMTVDISPINFO LPNMTVDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMTVDISPINFO NMTVDISPINFOA
#define LPNMTVDISPINFO LPNMTVDISPINFOA #endif
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
typedef
struct
tagTVDISPINFOEXA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
TVITEMEXA
item
; }
NMTVDISPINFOEXA
, *
LPNMTVDISPINFOEXA
;
typedef
struct
tagTVDISPINFOEXW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
TVITEMEXW
item
; }
NMTVDISPINFOEXW
, *
LPNMTVDISPINFOEXW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMTVDISPINFOEX NMTVDISPINFOEXW
#define LPNMTVDISPINFOEX LPNMTVDISPINFOEXW
#else
#define NMTVDISPINFOEX NMTVDISPINFOEXA
#define LPNMTVDISPINFOEX LPNMTVDISPINFOEXA #endif
#define TV_DISPINFOEXA NMTVDISPINFOEXA
#define TV_DISPINFOEXW NMTVDISPINFOEXW
#define TV_DISPINFOEX NMTVDISPINFOEX
#endif
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGA (TVN_FIRST-5)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGW (TVN_FIRST-54)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDA (TVN_FIRST-6)
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDW (TVN_FIRST-55)
#define TVN_BEGINDRAGA (TVN_FIRST-7)
#define TVN_BEGINDRAGW (TVN_FIRST-56)
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAGA (TVN_FIRST-8)
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAGW (TVN_FIRST-57)
#define TVN_DELETEITEMA (TVN_FIRST-9)
#define TVN_DELETEITEMW (TVN_FIRST-58)
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDITA (TVN_FIRST-10)
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDITW (TVN_FIRST-59)
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDITA (TVN_FIRST-11)
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDITW (TVN_FIRST-60)
#define TVN_KEYDOWN (TVN_FIRST-12)
#define TVN_GETINFOTIPA (TVN_FIRST-13)
#define TVN_GETINFOTIPW (TVN_FIRST-14)
#define TVN_SINGLEEXPAND (TVN_FIRST-15)
#define TVNRET_DEFAULT 0
#define TVNRET_SKIPOLD 1
#define TVNRET_SKIPNEW 2
#if (_WIN32_IE >= 0x0600)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGINGA (TVN_FIRST-16)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGINGW (TVN_FIRST-17)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGEDA (TVN_FIRST-18)
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGEDW (TVN_FIRST-19)
#define TVN_ASYNCDRAW (TVN_FIRST-20) #endif
#define TV_KEYDOWN NMTVKEYDOWN
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <pshpack1.h> #endif
typedef
struct
tagTVKEYDOWN
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
WORD
wVKey
;
UINT
flags
; }
NMTVKEYDOWN
, *
LPNMTVKEYDOWN
;
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <poppack.h> #endif
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_SELCHANGING TVN_SELCHANGINGW
#define TVN_SELCHANGED TVN_SELCHANGEDW
#define TVN_GETDISPINFO TVN_GETDISPINFOW
#define TVN_SETDISPINFO TVN_SETDISPINFOW
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDING TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGW
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDED TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDW
#define TVN_BEGINDRAG TVN_BEGINDRAGW
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAG TVN_BEGINRDRAGW
#define TVN_DELETEITEM TVN_DELETEITEMW
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDIT TVN_BEGINLABELEDITW
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDIT TVN_ENDLABELEDITW
#else
#define TVN_SELCHANGING TVN_SELCHANGINGA
#define TVN_SELCHANGED TVN_SELCHANGEDA
#define TVN_GETDISPINFO TVN_GETDISPINFOA
#define TVN_SETDISPINFO TVN_SETDISPINFOA
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDING TVN_ITEMEXPANDINGA
#define TVN_ITEMEXPANDED TVN_ITEMEXPANDEDA
#define TVN_BEGINDRAG TVN_BEGINDRAGA
#define TVN_BEGINRDRAG TVN_BEGINRDRAGA
#define TVN_DELETEITEM TVN_DELETEITEMA
#define TVN_BEGINLABELEDIT TVN_BEGINLABELEDITA
#define TVN_ENDLABELEDIT TVN_ENDLABELEDITA #endif
#define NMTVCUSTOMDRAW_V3_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(NMTVCUSTOMDRAW, clrTextBk)
typedef
struct
tagNMTVCUSTOMDRAW
{
NMCUSTOMDRAW
nmcd
;
COLORREF
clrText
;
COLORREF
clrTextBk
;
int
iLevel
; }
NMTVCUSTOMDRAW
, *
LPNMTVCUSTOMDRAW
;
// for tooltips
typedef
struct
tagNMTVGETINFOTIPA
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTVGETINFOTIPA
, *
LPNMTVGETINFOTIPA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTVGETINFOTIPW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTVGETINFOTIPW
, *
LPNMTVGETINFOTIPW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_GETINFOTIP TVN_GETINFOTIPW
#define NMTVGETINFOTIP NMTVGETINFOTIPW
#define LPNMTVGETINFOTIP LPNMTVGETINFOTIPW
#else
#define TVN_GETINFOTIP TVN_GETINFOTIPA
#define NMTVGETINFOTIP NMTVGETINFOTIPA
#define LPNMTVGETINFOTIP LPNMTVGETINFOTIPA #endif
// treeview's customdraw return meaning don't draw images. valid on CDRF_NOTIFYITEMPREPAINT
#define TVCDRF_NOIMAGES 0x00010000
#if (_WIN32_IE > 0x0600)
typedef
struct
tagTVITEMCHANGE
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
UINT
uChanged
;
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
UINT
uStateNew
;
UINT
uStateOld
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
NMTVITEMCHANGE
;
typedef
struct
tagNMTVASYNCDRAW
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
IMAGELISTDRAWPARAMS
*
pimldp
;
// the draw that failed
HRESULT
hr
;
// why it failed
HTREEITEM
hItem
;
// item that failed to draw icon
LPARAM
lParam
;
// its data
// Out Params
DWORD
dwRetFlags
;
// What listview should do on return
int
iRetImageIndex
;
// used if ADRF_DRAWIMAGE is returned
}
NMTVASYNCDRAW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGING TVN_ITEMCHANGINGW
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGED TVN_ITEMCHANGEDW
#else
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGING TVN_ITEMCHANGINGA
#define TVN_ITEMCHANGED TVN_ITEMCHANGEDA #endif
#endif // _WIN32_IE >= 0x0600
#endif // NOTREEVIEW
#ifndef NOUSEREXCONTROLS
//////////////////// ComboBoxEx ////////////////////////////////
#define WC_COMBOBOXEXW L"ComboBoxEx32"
#define WC_COMBOBOXEXA "ComboBoxEx32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_COMBOBOXEX WC_COMBOBOXEXW
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOXEX WC_COMBOBOXEXA #endif
#define CBEIF_TEXT 0x00000001
#define CBEIF_IMAGE 0x00000002
#define CBEIF_SELECTEDIMAGE 0x00000004
#define CBEIF_OVERLAY 0x00000008
#define CBEIF_INDENT 0x00000010
#define CBEIF_LPARAM 0x00000020
#define CBEIF_DI_SETITEM 0x10000000
typedef
struct
tagCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
{
UINT
mask
;
INT_PTR
iItem
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
int
iSelectedImage
;
int
iOverlay
;
int
iIndent
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
COMBOBOXEXITEMA
, *
PCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
;
typedef
struct
tagCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
{
UINT
mask
;
INT_PTR
iItem
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
int
iSelectedImage
;
int
iOverlay
;
int
iIndent
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
COMBOBOXEXITEMW
, *
PCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define COMBOBOXEXITEM COMBOBOXEXITEMW
#define PCOMBOBOXEXITEM PCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
#define PCCOMBOBOXEXITEM PCCOMBOBOXEXITEMW
#else
#define COMBOBOXEXITEM COMBOBOXEXITEMA
#define PCOMBOBOXEXITEM PCOMBOBOXEXITEMA
#define PCCOMBOBOXEXITEM PCCOMBOBOXEXITEMA #endif
#define CBEM_INSERTITEMA (WM_USER + 1)
#define CBEM_SETIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 2)
#define CBEM_GETIMAGELIST (WM_USER + 3)
#define CBEM_GETITEMA (WM_USER + 4)
#define CBEM_SETITEMA (WM_USER + 5)
#define CBEM_DELETEITEM CB_DELETESTRING
#define CBEM_GETCOMBOCONTROL (WM_USER + 6)
#define CBEM_GETEDITCONTROL (WM_USER + 7)
#define CBEM_SETEXSTYLE (WM_USER + 8) // use SETEXTENDEDSTYLE instead
#define CBEM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 14) // lparam == new style, wParam (optional) == mask
#define CBEM_GETEXSTYLE (WM_USER + 9) // use GETEXTENDEDSTYLE instead
#define CBEM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (WM_USER + 9)
#define CBEM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define CBEM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define CBEM_HASEDITCHANGED (WM_USER + 10)
#define CBEM_INSERTITEMW (WM_USER + 11)
#define CBEM_SETITEMW (WM_USER + 12)
#define CBEM_GETITEMW (WM_USER + 13)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEM_INSERTITEM CBEM_INSERTITEMW
#define CBEM_SETITEM CBEM_SETITEMW
#define CBEM_GETITEM CBEM_GETITEMW
#else
#define CBEM_INSERTITEM CBEM_INSERTITEMA
#define CBEM_SETITEM CBEM_SETITEMA
#define CBEM_GETITEM CBEM_GETITEMA #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define CBEM_SETWINDOWTHEME CCM_SETWINDOWTHEME #endif
#define CBES_EX_NOEDITIMAGE 0x00000001
#define CBES_EX_NOEDITIMAGEINDENT 0x00000002
#define CBES_EX_PATHWORDBREAKPROC 0x00000004
#define CBES_EX_NOSIZELIMIT 0x00000008
#define CBES_EX_CASESENSITIVE 0x00000010
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define CBES_EX_TEXTENDELLIPSIS 0x00000020 #endif
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
COMBOBOXEXITEMA
ceItem
; }
NMCOMBOBOXEXA
, *
PNMCOMBOBOXEXA
;
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
COMBOBOXEXITEMW
ceItem
; }
NMCOMBOBOXEXW
, *
PNMCOMBOBOXEXW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCOMBOBOXEX NMCOMBOBOXEXW
#define PNMCOMBOBOXEX PNMCOMBOBOXEXW
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO CBEN_GETDISPINFOW
#else
#define NMCOMBOBOXEX NMCOMBOBOXEXA
#define PNMCOMBOBOXEX PNMCOMBOBOXEXA
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFO CBEN_GETDISPINFOA #endif
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFOA (CBEN_FIRST - 0)
#define CBEN_INSERTITEM (CBEN_FIRST - 1)
#define CBEN_DELETEITEM (CBEN_FIRST - 2)
#define CBEN_BEGINEDIT (CBEN_FIRST - 4)
#define CBEN_ENDEDITA (CBEN_FIRST - 5)
#define CBEN_ENDEDITW (CBEN_FIRST - 6)
#define CBEN_GETDISPINFOW (CBEN_FIRST - 7)
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGINA (CBEN_FIRST - 8)
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGINW (CBEN_FIRST - 9)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGIN CBEN_DRAGBEGINW
#else
#define CBEN_DRAGBEGIN CBEN_DRAGBEGINA #endif
// lParam specifies why the endedit is happening
#ifdef UNICODE
#define CBEN_ENDEDIT CBEN_ENDEDITW
#else
#define CBEN_ENDEDIT CBEN_ENDEDITA #endif
#define CBENF_KILLFOCUS 1
#define CBENF_RETURN 2
#define CBENF_ESCAPE 3
#define CBENF_DROPDOWN 4
#define CBEMAXSTRLEN 260
// CBEN_DRAGBEGIN sends this information ...
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItemid
; }
NMCBEDRAGBEGINW
, *
LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
, *
PNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
;
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iItemid
; }
NMCBEDRAGBEGINA
, *
LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
, *
PNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCBEDRAGBEGIN NMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#define LPNMCBEDRAGBEGIN LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#define PNMCBEDRAGBEGIN PNMCBEDRAGBEGINW
#else
#define NMCBEDRAGBEGIN NMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#define LPNMCBEDRAGBEGIN LPNMCBEDRAGBEGINA
#define PNMCBEDRAGBEGIN PNMCBEDRAGBEGINA #endif
// CBEN_ENDEDIT sends this information...
// fChanged if the user actually did anything
// iNewSelection gives what would be the new selection unless the notify is failed
// iNewSelection may be CB_ERR if there's no match
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
BOOL
fChanged
;
int
iNewSelection
;
int
iWhy
; }
NMCBEENDEDITW
, *
LPNMCBEENDEDITW
, *
PNMCBEENDEDITW
;
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
BOOL
fChanged
;
int
iNewSelection
;
int
iWhy
; }
NMCBEENDEDITA
, *
LPNMCBEENDEDITA
,*
PNMCBEENDEDITA
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define NMCBEENDEDIT NMCBEENDEDITW
#define LPNMCBEENDEDIT LPNMCBEENDEDITW
#define PNMCBEENDEDIT PNMCBEENDEDITW
#else
#define NMCBEENDEDIT NMCBEENDEDITA
#define LPNMCBEENDEDIT LPNMCBEENDEDITA
#define PNMCBEENDEDIT PNMCBEENDEDITA #endif
#endif
//====== TAB CONTROL ==========================================================
#ifndef NOTABCONTROL
#ifdef _WIN32
#define WC_TABCONTROLA "SysTabControl32"
#define WC_TABCONTROLW L"SysTabControl32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_TABCONTROL WC_TABCONTROLW
#else
#define WC_TABCONTROL WC_TABCONTROLA #endif
#else
#define WC_TABCONTROL "SysTabControl" #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define TCS_SCROLLOPPOSITE 0x0001 // assumes multiline tab
#define TCS_BOTTOM 0x0002
#define TCS_RIGHT 0x0002
#define TCS_MULTISELECT 0x0004 // allow multi-select in button mode
#define TCS_FLATBUTTONS 0x0008
#define TCS_FORCEICONLEFT 0x0010
#define TCS_FORCELABELLEFT 0x0020
#define TCS_HOTTRACK 0x0040
#define TCS_VERTICAL 0x0080
#define TCS_TABS 0x0000
#define TCS_BUTTONS 0x0100
#define TCS_SINGLELINE 0x0000
#define TCS_MULTILINE 0x0200
#define TCS_RIGHTJUSTIFY 0x0000
#define TCS_FIXEDWIDTH 0x0400
#define TCS_RAGGEDRIGHT 0x0800
#define TCS_FOCUSONBUTTONDOWN 0x1000
#define TCS_OWNERDRAWFIXED 0x2000
#define TCS_TOOLTIPS 0x4000
#define TCS_FOCUSNEVER 0x8000
// end_r_commctrl
// EX styles for use with TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE
#define TCS_EX_FLATSEPARATORS 0x00000001
#define TCS_EX_REGISTERDROP 0x00000002
#define TCM_GETIMAGELIST (TCM_FIRST + 2)
#define TabCtrl_GetImageList(hwnd) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, 0L)
#define TCM_SETIMAGELIST (TCM_FIRST + 3)
#define TabCtrl_SetImageList(hwnd, himl) \
(HIMAGELIST)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(HIMAGELIST)(himl))
#define TCM_GETITEMCOUNT (TCM_FIRST + 4)
#define TabCtrl_GetItemCount(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEMCOUNT, 0, 0L)
#define TCIF_TEXT 0x0001
#define TCIF_IMAGE 0x0002
#define TCIF_RTLREADING 0x0004
#define TCIF_PARAM 0x0008
#define TCIF_STATE 0x0010
#define TCIS_BUTTONPRESSED 0x0001
#define TCIS_HIGHLIGHTED 0x0002
#define TC_ITEMHEADERA TCITEMHEADERA
#define TC_ITEMHEADERW TCITEMHEADERW
#define TC_ITEMHEADER TCITEMHEADER
typedef
struct
tagTCITEMHEADERA
{
UINT
mask
;
UINT
lpReserved1
;
UINT
lpReserved2
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
; }
TCITEMHEADERA
, *
LPTCITEMHEADERA
;
typedef
struct
tagTCITEMHEADERW
{
UINT
mask
;
UINT
lpReserved1
;
UINT
lpReserved2
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
; }
TCITEMHEADERW
, *
LPTCITEMHEADERW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCITEMHEADER TCITEMHEADERW
#define LPTCITEMHEADER LPTCITEMHEADERW
#else
#define TCITEMHEADER TCITEMHEADERA
#define LPTCITEMHEADER LPTCITEMHEADERA #endif
#define TC_ITEMA TCITEMA
#define TC_ITEMW TCITEMW
#define TC_ITEM TCITEM
typedef
struct
tagTCITEMA
{
UINT
mask
;
DWORD
dwState
;
DWORD
dwStateMask
;
LPSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
TCITEMA
, *
LPTCITEMA
;
typedef
struct
tagTCITEMW
{
UINT
mask
;
DWORD
dwState
;
DWORD
dwStateMask
;
LPWSTR
pszText
;
int
cchTextMax
;
int
iImage
;
LPARAM
lParam
; }
TCITEMW
, *
LPTCITEMW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCITEM TCITEMW
#define LPTCITEM LPTCITEMW
#else
#define TCITEM TCITEMA
#define LPTCITEM LPTCITEMA #endif
#define TCM_GETITEMA (TCM_FIRST + 5)
#define TCM_GETITEMW (TCM_FIRST + 60)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_GETITEM TCM_GETITEMW
#else
#define TCM_GETITEM TCM_GETITEMA #endif
#define TabCtrl_GetItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(TC_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define TCM_SETITEMA (TCM_FIRST + 6)
#define TCM_SETITEMW (TCM_FIRST + 61)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_SETITEM TCM_SETITEMW
#else
#define TCM_SETITEM TCM_SETITEMA #endif
#define TabCtrl_SetItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(TC_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define TCM_INSERTITEMA (TCM_FIRST + 7)
#define TCM_INSERTITEMW (TCM_FIRST + 62)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define TCM_INSERTITEM TCM_INSERTITEMW
#else
#define TCM_INSERTITEM TCM_INSERTITEMA #endif
#define TabCtrl_InsertItem(hwnd, iItem, pitem) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_INSERTITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(iItem), (LPARAM)(const TC_ITEM *)(pitem))
#define TCM_DELETEITEM (TCM_FIRST + 8)
#define TabCtrl_DeleteItem(hwnd, i) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DELETEITEM, (WPARAM)(int)(i), 0L)
#define TCM_DELETEALLITEMS (TCM_FIRST + 9)
#define TabCtrl_DeleteAllItems(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DELETEALLITEMS, 0, 0L)
#define TCM_GETITEMRECT (TCM_FIRST + 10)
#define TabCtrl_GetItemRect(hwnd, i, prc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETITEMRECT, (WPARAM)(int)(i), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))
#define TCM_GETCURSEL (TCM_FIRST + 11)
#define TabCtrl_GetCurSel(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETCURSEL, 0, 0)
#define TCM_SETCURSEL (TCM_FIRST + 12)
#define TabCtrl_SetCurSel(hwnd, i) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETCURSEL, (WPARAM)(i), 0)
#define TCHT_NOWHERE 0x0001
#define TCHT_ONITEMICON 0x0002
#define TCHT_ONITEMLABEL 0x0004
#define TCHT_ONITEM (TCHT_ONITEMICON | TCHT_ONITEMLABEL)
#define LPTC_HITTESTINFO LPTCHITTESTINFO
#define TC_HITTESTINFO TCHITTESTINFO
typedef
struct
tagTCHITTESTINFO
{
POINT
pt
;
UINT
flags
; }
TCHITTESTINFO
, *
LPTCHITTESTINFO
;
#define TCM_HITTEST (TCM_FIRST + 13)
#define TabCtrl_HitTest(hwndTC, pinfo) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwndTC), TCM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(TC_HITTESTINFO *)(pinfo))
#define TCM_SETITEMEXTRA (TCM_FIRST + 14)
#define TabCtrl_SetItemExtra(hwndTC, cb) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndTC), TCM_SETITEMEXTRA, (WPARAM)(cb), 0L)
#define TCM_ADJUSTRECT (TCM_FIRST + 40)
#define TabCtrl_AdjustRect(hwnd, bLarger, prc) \
(int)SNDMSG(hwnd, TCM_ADJUSTRECT, (WPARAM)(BOOL)(bLarger), (LPARAM)(RECT *)(prc))
#define TCM_SETITEMSIZE (TCM_FIRST + 41)
#define TabCtrl_SetItemSize(hwnd, x, y) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETITEMSIZE, 0, MAKELPARAM(x,y))
#define TCM_REMOVEIMAGE (TCM_FIRST + 42)
#define TabCtrl_RemoveImage(hwnd, i) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_REMOVEIMAGE, i, 0L)
#define TCM_SETPADDING (TCM_FIRST + 43)
#define TabCtrl_SetPadding(hwnd, cx, cy) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETPADDING, 0, MAKELPARAM(cx, cy))
#define TCM_GETROWCOUNT (TCM_FIRST + 44)
#define TabCtrl_GetRowCount(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETROWCOUNT, 0, 0L)
#define TCM_GETTOOLTIPS (TCM_FIRST + 45)
#define TabCtrl_GetToolTips(hwnd) \
(HWND)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETTOOLTIPS, 0, 0L)
#define TCM_SETTOOLTIPS (TCM_FIRST + 46)
#define TabCtrl_SetToolTips(hwnd, hwndTT) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETTOOLTIPS, (WPARAM)(hwndTT), 0L)
#define TCM_GETCURFOCUS (TCM_FIRST + 47)
#define TabCtrl_GetCurFocus(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETCURFOCUS, 0, 0)
#define TCM_SETCURFOCUS (TCM_FIRST + 48)
#define TabCtrl_SetCurFocus(hwnd, i) \
SNDMSG((hwnd),TCM_SETCURFOCUS, i, 0)
#define TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH (TCM_FIRST + 49)
#define TabCtrl_SetMinTabWidth(hwnd, x) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETMINTABWIDTH, 0, x)
#define TCM_DESELECTALL (TCM_FIRST + 50)
#define TabCtrl_DeselectAll(hwnd, fExcludeFocus)\
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_DESELECTALL, fExcludeFocus, 0)
#define TCM_HIGHLIGHTITEM (TCM_FIRST + 51)
#define TabCtrl_HighlightItem(hwnd, i, fHighlight) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_HIGHLIGHTITEM, (WPARAM)(i), (LPARAM)MAKELONG (fHighlight, 0))
#define TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (TCM_FIRST + 52) // optional wParam == mask
#define TabCtrl_SetExtendedStyle(hwnd, dw)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, dw)
#define TCM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (TCM_FIRST + 53)
#define TabCtrl_GetExtendedStyle(hwnd)\
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)
#define TCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TabCtrl_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)
#define TCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define TabCtrl_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), TCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#define TCN_KEYDOWN (TCN_FIRST - 0)
#define TC_KEYDOWN NMTCKEYDOWN
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <pshpack1.h> #endif
typedef
struct
tagTCKEYDOWN
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
WORD
wVKey
;
UINT
flags
; }
NMTCKEYDOWN
;
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <poppack.h> #endif
#define TCN_SELCHANGE (TCN_FIRST - 1)
#define TCN_SELCHANGING (TCN_FIRST - 2)
#define TCN_GETOBJECT (TCN_FIRST - 3)
#define TCN_FOCUSCHANGE (TCN_FIRST - 4) #endif // NOTABCONTROL
//====== ANIMATE CONTROL ======================================================
#ifndef NOANIMATE
#ifdef _WIN32
#define ANIMATE_CLASSW L"SysAnimate32"
#define ANIMATE_CLASSA "SysAnimate32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define ANIMATE_CLASS ANIMATE_CLASSW
#else
#define ANIMATE_CLASS ANIMATE_CLASSA #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
#define ACS_CENTER 0x0001
#define ACS_TRANSPARENT 0x0002
#define ACS_AUTOPLAY 0x0004
#define ACS_TIMER 0x0008 // don't use threads... use timers
// end_r_commctrl
#define ACM_OPENA (WM_USER+100)
#define ACM_OPENW (WM_USER+103)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define ACM_OPEN ACM_OPENW
#else
#define ACM_OPEN ACM_OPENA #endif
#define ACM_PLAY (WM_USER+101)
#define ACM_STOP (WM_USER+102)
#define ACM_ISPLAYING (WM_USER+104)
#define ACN_START 1
#define ACN_STOP 2
#define Animate_Create(hwndP, id, dwStyle, hInstance) \
CreateWindow(ANIMATE_CLASS, NULL, \
dwStyle, 0, 0, 0, 0, hwndP, (HMENU)(id), hInstance, NULL)
#define Animate_Open(hwnd, szName) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_OPEN, 0, (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(szName))
#define Animate_OpenEx(hwnd, hInst, szName) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_OPEN, (WPARAM)(hInst), (LPARAM)(LPTSTR)(szName))
#define Animate_Play(hwnd, from, to, rep) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_PLAY, (WPARAM)(rep), (LPARAM)MAKELONG(from, to))
#define Animate_Stop(hwnd) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_STOP, 0, 0)
#define Animate_IsPlaying(hwnd) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hwnd, ACM_ISPLAYING, 0, 0)
#define Animate_Close(hwnd) Animate_Open(hwnd, NULL)
#define Animate_Seek(hwnd, frame) Animate_Play(hwnd, frame, frame, 1) #endif
#endif // NOANIMATE
//====== MONTHCAL CONTROL ======================================================
#ifndef NOMONTHCAL
#ifdef _WIN32
#define MONTHCAL_CLASSW L"SysMonthCal32"
#define MONTHCAL_CLASSA "SysMonthCal32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define MONTHCAL_CLASS MONTHCAL_CLASSW
#else
#define MONTHCAL_CLASS MONTHCAL_CLASSA #endif
// bit-packed array of "bold" info for a month
// if a bit is on, that day is drawn bold
typedef
DWORD
MONTHDAYSTATE
, *
LPMONTHDAYSTATE
;
#define MCM_FIRST 0x1000
// BOOL MonthCal_GetCurSel(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
// returns FALSE if MCS_MULTISELECT
// returns TRUE and sets *pst to the currently selected date otherwise
#define MCM_GETCURSEL (MCM_FIRST + 1)
#define MonthCal_GetCurSel(hmc, pst) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))
// BOOL MonthCal_SetCurSel(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
// returns FALSE if MCS_MULTISELECT
// returns TURE and sets the currently selected date to *pst otherwise
#define MCM_SETCURSEL (MCM_FIRST + 2)
#define MonthCal_SetCurSel(hmc, pst) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCURSEL, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))
// DWORD MonthCal_GetMaxSelCount(HWND hmc)
// returns the maximum number of selectable days allowed
#define MCM_GETMAXSELCOUNT (MCM_FIRST + 3)
#define MonthCal_GetMaxSelCount(hmc) (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMAXSELCOUNT, 0, 0L)
// BOOL MonthCal_SetMaxSelCount(HWND hmc, UINT n)
// sets the max number days that can be selected iff MCS_MULTISELECT
#define MCM_SETMAXSELCOUNT (MCM_FIRST + 4)
#define MonthCal_SetMaxSelCount(hmc, n) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETMAXSELCOUNT, (WPARAM)(n), 0L)
// BOOL MonthCal_GetSelRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// sets rgst[0] to the first day of the selection range
// sets rgst[1] to the last day of the selection range
#define MCM_GETSELRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 5)
#define MonthCal_GetSelRange(hmc, rgst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETSELRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))
// BOOL MonthCal_SetSelRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// selects the range of days from rgst[0] to rgst[1]
#define MCM_SETSELRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 6)
#define MonthCal_SetSelRange(hmc, rgst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETSELRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))
// DWORD MonthCal_GetMonthRange(HWND hmc, DWORD gmr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// if rgst specified, sets rgst[0] to the starting date and
// and rgst[1] to the ending date of the the selectable (non-grayed)
// days if GMR_VISIBLE or all the displayed days (including grayed)
// if GMR_DAYSTATE.
// returns the number of months spanned by the above range.
#define MCM_GETMONTHRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 7)
#define MonthCal_GetMonthRange(hmc, gmr, rgst) (DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMONTHRANGE, (WPARAM)(gmr), (LPARAM)(rgst))
// BOOL MonthCal_SetDayState(HWND hmc, int cbds, DAYSTATE *rgds)
// cbds is the count of DAYSTATE items in rgds and it must be equal
// to the value returned from MonthCal_GetMonthRange(hmc, GMR_DAYSTATE, NULL)
// This sets the DAYSTATE bits for each month (grayed and non-grayed
// days) displayed in the calendar. The first bit in a month's DAYSTATE
// corresponts to bolding day 1, the second bit affects day 2, etc.
#define MCM_SETDAYSTATE (MCM_FIRST + 8)
#define MonthCal_SetDayState(hmc, cbds, rgds) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETDAYSTATE, (WPARAM)(cbds), (LPARAM)(rgds))
// BOOL MonthCal_GetMinReqRect(HWND hmc, LPRECT prc)
// sets *prc the minimal size needed to display one month
// To display two months, undo the AdjustWindowRect calculation already done to
// this rect, double the width, and redo the AdjustWindowRect calculation --
// the monthcal control will display two calendars in this window (if you also
// double the vertical size, you will get 4 calendars)
// NOTE: if you want to gurantee that the "Today" string is not clipped,
// get the MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH and use the max of that width and this width
#define MCM_GETMINREQRECT (MCM_FIRST + 9)
#define MonthCal_GetMinReqRect(hmc, prc) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMINREQRECT, 0, (LPARAM)(prc))
// set colors to draw control with -- see MCSC_ bits below
#define MCM_SETCOLOR (MCM_FIRST + 10)
#define MonthCal_SetColor(hmc, iColor, clr) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCOLOR, iColor, clr)
#define MCM_GETCOLOR (MCM_FIRST + 11)
#define MonthCal_GetColor(hmc, iColor) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCOLOR, iColor, 0)
#define MCSC_BACKGROUND 0 // the background color (between months)
#define MCSC_TEXT 1 // the dates
#define MCSC_TITLEBK 2 // background of the title
#define MCSC_TITLETEXT 3
#define MCSC_MONTHBK 4 // background within the month cal
#define MCSC_TRAILINGTEXT 5 // the text color of header & trailing days
// set what day is "today" send NULL to revert back to real date
#define MCM_SETTODAY (MCM_FIRST + 12)
#define MonthCal_SetToday(hmc, pst) SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETTODAY, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))
// get what day is "today"
// returns BOOL for success/failure
#define MCM_GETTODAY (MCM_FIRST + 13)
#define MonthCal_GetToday(hmc, pst) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETTODAY, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))
// determine what pinfo->pt is over
#define MCM_HITTEST (MCM_FIRST + 14)
#define MonthCal_HitTest(hmc, pinfo) \
SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_HITTEST, 0, (LPARAM)(PMCHITTESTINFO)(pinfo))
typedef
struct
{
UINT
cbSize
;
POINT
pt
;
UINT
uHit
;
// out param
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
RECT
rc
;
int
iOffset
;
int
iRow
;
int
iCol
;
#endif
}
MCHITTESTINFO
, *
PMCHITTESTINFO
;
#define MCHITTESTINFO_V1_SIZE CCSIZEOF_STRUCT(MCHITTESTINFO, st)
#define MCHT_TITLE 0x00010000
#define MCHT_CALENDAR 0x00020000
#define MCHT_TODAYLINK 0x00030000
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define MCHT_CALENDARCONTROL 0x00100000 #endif
#define MCHT_NEXT 0x01000000 // these indicate that hitting
#define MCHT_PREV 0x02000000 // here will go to the next/prev month
#define MCHT_NOWHERE 0x00000000
#define MCHT_TITLEBK (MCHT_TITLE)
#define MCHT_TITLEMONTH (MCHT_TITLE | 0x0001)
#define MCHT_TITLEYEAR (MCHT_TITLE | 0x0002)
#define MCHT_TITLEBTNNEXT (MCHT_TITLE | MCHT_NEXT | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_TITLEBTNPREV (MCHT_TITLE | MCHT_PREV | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_CALENDARBK (MCHT_CALENDAR)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATE (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0001)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATENEXT (MCHT_CALENDARDATE | MCHT_NEXT)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEPREV (MCHT_CALENDARDATE | MCHT_PREV)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDAY (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0002)
#define MCHT_CALENDARWEEKNUM (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0003)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEMIN (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0004)
#define MCHT_CALENDARDATEMAX (MCHT_CALENDAR | 0x0005)
// set first day of week to iDay:
// 0 for Monday, 1 for Tuesday, ..., 6 for Sunday
// -1 for means use locale info
#define MCM_SETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK (MCM_FIRST + 15)
#define MonthCal_SetFirstDayOfWeek(hmc, iDay) \
SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK, 0, iDay)
// DWORD result... low word has the day. high word is bool if this is app set
// or not (FALSE == using locale info)
#define MCM_GETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK (MCM_FIRST + 16)
#define MonthCal_GetFirstDayOfWeek(hmc) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETFIRSTDAYOFWEEK, 0, 0)
// DWORD MonthCal_GetRange(HWND hmc, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// modifies rgst[0] to be the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no minimum)
// modifies rgst[1] to be the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no maximum)
// returns GDTR_MIN|GDTR_MAX if there is a minimum|maximum limit
#define MCM_GETRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 17)
#define MonthCal_GetRange(hmc, rgst) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))
// BOOL MonthCal_SetRange(HWND hmc, DWORD gdtr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// if GDTR_MIN, sets the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[0], otherwise removes minimum
// if GDTR_MAX, sets the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[1], otherwise removes maximum
// returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as invalid parameters)
#define MCM_SETRANGE (MCM_FIRST + 18)
#define MonthCal_SetRange(hmc, gd, rgst) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(rgst))
// int MonthCal_GetMonthDelta(HWND hmc)
// returns the number of months one click on a next/prev button moves by
#define MCM_GETMONTHDELTA (MCM_FIRST + 19)
#define MonthCal_GetMonthDelta(hmc) \
(int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMONTHDELTA, 0, 0)
// int MonthCal_SetMonthDelta(HWND hmc, int n)
// sets the month delta to n. n==0 reverts to moving by a page of months
// returns the previous value of n.
#define MCM_SETMONTHDELTA (MCM_FIRST + 20)
#define MonthCal_SetMonthDelta(hmc, n) \
(int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETMONTHDELTA, n, 0)
// DWORD MonthCal_GetMaxTodayWidth(HWND hmc, LPSIZE psz)
// sets *psz to the maximum width/height of the "Today" string displayed
// at the bottom of the calendar (as long as MCS_NOTODAY is not specified)
#define MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH (MCM_FIRST + 21)
#define MonthCal_GetMaxTodayWidth(hmc) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETMAXTODAYWIDTH, 0, 0)
#define MCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT
#define MonthCal_SetUnicodeFormat(hwnd, fUnicode) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), MCM_SETUNICODEFORMAT, (WPARAM)(fUnicode), 0)
#define MCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT CCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT
#define MonthCal_GetUnicodeFormat(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), MCM_GETUNICODEFORMAT, 0, 0)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// View
#define MCMV_MONTH 0
#define MCMV_YEAR 1
#define MCMV_DECADE 2
#define MCMV_CENTURY 3
#define MCMV_MAX MCMV_CENTURY
#define MCM_GETCURRENTVIEW (MCM_FIRST + 22)
#define MonthCal_GetCurrentView(hmc) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCURRENTVIEW, 0, 0)
#define MCM_GETCALENDARCOUNT (MCM_FIRST + 23)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarCount(hmc) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARCOUNT, 0, 0)
// Part
#define MCGIP_CALENDARCONTROL 0
#define MCGIP_NEXT 1
#define MCGIP_PREV 2
#define MCGIP_FOOTER 3
#define MCGIP_CALENDAR 4
#define MCGIP_CALENDARHEADER 5
#define MCGIP_CALENDARBODY 6
#define MCGIP_CALENDARROW 7
#define MCGIP_CALENDARCELL 8
#define MCGIF_DATE 0x00000001
#define MCGIF_RECT 0x00000002
#define MCGIF_NAME 0x00000004
// Note: iRow of -1 refers to the row header and iCol of -1 refers to the col header.
typedef
struct
tagMCGRIDINFO
{
UINT
cbSize
;
DWORD
dwPart
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
int
iCalendar
;
int
iRow
;
int
iCol
;
BOOL
bSelected
;
SYSTEMTIME
stStart
;
SYSTEMTIME
stEnd
;
RECT
rc
;
PWSTR
pszName
;
size_t
cchName
; }
MCGRIDINFO
, *
PMCGRIDINFO
;
#define MCM_GETCALENDARGRIDINFO (MCM_FIRST + 24)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarGridInfo(hmc, pmcGridInfo) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARGRIDINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(PMCGRIDINFO)(pmcGridInfo))
#define MCM_GETCALID (MCM_FIRST + 27)
#define MonthCal_GetCALID(hmc) \
(CALID)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALID, 0, 0)
#define MCM_SETCALID (MCM_FIRST + 28)
#define MonthCal_SetCALID(hmc, calid) \
SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCALID, (WPARAM)(calid), 0)
// Returns the min rect that will fit the max number of calendars for the passed in rect.
#define MCM_SIZERECTTOMIN (MCM_FIRST + 29)
#define MonthCal_SizeRectToMin(hmc, prc) \
SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SIZERECTTOMIN, 0, (LPARAM)(prc))
#define MCM_SETCALENDARBORDER (MCM_FIRST + 30)
#define MonthCal_SetCalendarBorder(hmc, fset, xyborder) \
SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCALENDARBORDER, (WPARAM)(fset), (LPARAM)(xyborder))
#define MCM_GETCALENDARBORDER (MCM_FIRST + 31)
#define MonthCal_GetCalendarBorder(hmc) \
(int)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_GETCALENDARBORDER, 0, 0)
#define MCM_SETCURRENTVIEW (MCM_FIRST + 32)
#define MonthCal_SetCurrentView(hmc, dwNewView) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG(hmc, MCM_SETCURRENTVIEW, 0, (LPARAM)(dwNewView))
#endif
// MCN_SELCHANGE is sent whenever the currently displayed date changes
// via month change, year change, keyboard navigation, prev/next button
//
typedef
struct
tagNMSELCHANGE
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
// this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY
SYSTEMTIME
stSelStart
;
SYSTEMTIME
stSelEnd
; }
NMSELCHANGE
, *
LPNMSELCHANGE
;
#define MCN_SELCHANGE (MCN_FIRST - 3) // -749
// MCN_GETDAYSTATE is sent for MCS_DAYSTATE controls whenever new daystate
// information is needed (month or year scroll) to draw bolding information.
// The app must fill in cDayState months worth of information starting from
// stStart date. The app may fill in the array at prgDayState or change
// prgDayState to point to a different array out of which the information
// will be copied. (similar to tooltips)
//
typedef
struct
tagNMDAYSTATE
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
// this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY
SYSTEMTIME
stStart
;
int
cDayState
;
LPMONTHDAYSTATE
prgDayState
;
// points to cDayState MONTHDAYSTATEs
}
NMDAYSTATE
, *
LPNMDAYSTATE
;
#define MCN_GETDAYSTATE (MCN_FIRST - 1) // -747
// MCN_SELECT is sent whenever a selection has occured (via mouse or keyboard)
//
typedef
NMSELCHANGE
NMSELECT
, *
LPNMSELECT
;
#define MCN_SELECT (MCN_FIRST) // -746
typedef
struct
tagNMVIEWCHANGE
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
// this must be first, so we don't break WM_NOTIFY
DWORD
dwOldView
;
DWORD
dwNewView
; }
NMVIEWCHANGE
, *
LPNMVIEWCHANGE
;
#define MCN_VIEWCHANGE (MCN_FIRST - 4) // -750
// begin_r_commctrl
#define MCS_DAYSTATE 0x0001
#define MCS_MULTISELECT 0x0002
#define MCS_WEEKNUMBERS 0x0004
#define MCS_NOTODAYCIRCLE 0x0008
#define MCS_NOTODAY 0x0010
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define MCS_NOTRAILINGDATES 0x0040
#define MCS_SHORTDAYSOFWEEK 0x0080
#define MCS_NOSELCHANGEONNAV 0x0100 #endif
// end_r_commctrl
#define GMR_VISIBLE 0 // visible portion of display
#define GMR_DAYSTATE 1 // above plus the grayed out parts of
// partially displayed months
#endif // _WIN32 #endif // NOMONTHCAL
//====== DATETIMEPICK CONTROL ==================================================
#ifndef NODATETIMEPICK
#ifdef _WIN32
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASSW L"SysDateTimePick32"
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASSA "SysDateTimePick32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASS DATETIMEPICK_CLASSW
#else
#define DATETIMEPICK_CLASS DATETIMEPICK_CLASSA #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
typedef
struct
tagDATETIMEPICKERINFO
{
DWORD
cbSize
;
RECT
rcCheck
;
DWORD
stateCheck
;
RECT
rcButton
;
DWORD
stateButton
;
HWND
hwndEdit
;
HWND
hwndUD
;
HWND
hwndDropDown
; }
DATETIMEPICKERINFO
, *
LPDATETIMEPICKERINFO
;
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define DTM_FIRST 0x1000
// DWORD DateTimePick_GetSystemtime(HWND hdp, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
// returns GDT_NONE if "none" is selected (DTS_SHOWNONE only)
// returns GDT_VALID and modifies *pst to be the currently selected value
#define DTM_GETSYSTEMTIME (DTM_FIRST + 1)
#define DateTime_GetSystemtime(hdp, pst) (DWORD)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETSYSTEMTIME, 0, (LPARAM)(pst))
// BOOL DateTime_SetSystemtime(HWND hdp, DWORD gd, LPSYSTEMTIME pst)
// if gd==GDT_NONE, sets datetimepick to None (DTS_SHOWNONE only)
// if gd==GDT_VALID, sets datetimepick to *pst
// returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as bad params)
#define DTM_SETSYSTEMTIME (DTM_FIRST + 2)
#define DateTime_SetSystemtime(hdp, gd, pst) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETSYSTEMTIME, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(pst))
// DWORD DateTime_GetRange(HWND hdp, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// modifies rgst[0] to be the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no minimum)
// modifies rgst[1] to be the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime (or 0 if no maximum)
// returns GDTR_MIN|GDTR_MAX if there is a minimum|maximum limit
#define DTM_GETRANGE (DTM_FIRST + 3)
#define DateTime_GetRange(hdp, rgst) (DWORD)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETRANGE, 0, (LPARAM)(rgst))
// BOOL DateTime_SetRange(HWND hdp, DWORD gdtr, LPSYSTEMTIME rgst)
// if GDTR_MIN, sets the minimum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[0], otherwise removes minimum
// if GDTR_MAX, sets the maximum ALLOWABLE systemtime to rgst[1], otherwise removes maximum
// returns TRUE on success, FALSE on error (such as invalid parameters)
#define DTM_SETRANGE (DTM_FIRST + 4)
#define DateTime_SetRange(hdp, gd, rgst) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETRANGE, (WPARAM)(gd), (LPARAM)(rgst))
// BOOL DateTime_SetFormat(HWND hdp, LPCTSTR sz)
// sets the display formatting string to sz (see GetDateFormat and GetTimeFormat for valid formatting chars)
// NOTE: 'X' is a valid formatting character which indicates that the application
// will determine how to display information. Such apps must support DTN_WMKEYDOWN,
// DTN_FORMAT, and DTN_FORMATQUERY.
#define DTM_SETFORMATA (DTM_FIRST + 5)
#define DTM_SETFORMATW (DTM_FIRST + 50)
#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTM_SETFORMAT DTM_SETFORMATW
#else
#define DTM_SETFORMAT DTM_SETFORMATA #endif
#define DateTime_SetFormat(hdp, sz) (BOOL)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETFORMAT, 0, (LPARAM)(sz))
#define DTM_SETMCCOLOR (DTM_FIRST + 6)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalColor(hdp, iColor, clr) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCCOLOR, iColor, clr)
#define DTM_GETMCCOLOR (DTM_FIRST + 7)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalColor(hdp, iColor) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCCOLOR, iColor, 0)
// HWND DateTime_GetMonthCal(HWND hdp)
// returns the HWND of the MonthCal popup window. Only valid
// between DTN_DROPDOWN and DTN_CLOSEUP notifications.
#define DTM_GETMONTHCAL (DTM_FIRST + 8)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCal(hdp) (HWND)SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMONTHCAL, 0, 0)
#define DTM_SETMCFONT (DTM_FIRST + 9)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalFont(hdp, hfont, fRedraw) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCFONT, (WPARAM)(hfont), (LPARAM)(fRedraw))
#define DTM_GETMCFONT (DTM_FIRST + 10)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalFont(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCFONT, 0, 0)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define DTM_SETMCSTYLE (DTM_FIRST + 11)
#define DateTime_SetMonthCalStyle(hdp, dwStyle) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_SETMCSTYLE, 0, (LPARAM)dwStyle)
#define DTM_GETMCSTYLE (DTM_FIRST + 12)
#define DateTime_GetMonthCalStyle(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETMCSTYLE, 0, 0)
#define DTM_CLOSEMONTHCAL (DTM_FIRST + 13)
#define DateTime_CloseMonthCal(hdp) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_CLOSEMONTHCAL, 0, 0)
// DateTime_GetDateTimePickerInfo(HWND hdp, DATETIMEPICKERINFO* pdtpi)
// Retrieves information about the selected date time picker.
#define DTM_GETDATETIMEPICKERINFO (DTM_FIRST + 14)
#define DateTime_GetDateTimePickerInfo(hdp, pdtpi) SNDMSG(hdp, DTM_GETDATETIMEPICKERINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pdtpi))
#define DTM_GETIDEALSIZE (DTM_FIRST + 15)
#define DateTime_GetIdealSize(hdp, psize) (BOOL)SNDMSG((hdp), DTM_GETIDEALSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(psize))
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// begin_r_commctrl
#define DTS_UPDOWN 0x0001 // use UPDOWN instead of MONTHCAL
#define DTS_SHOWNONE 0x0002 // allow a NONE selection
#define DTS_SHORTDATEFORMAT 0x0000 // use the short date format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_LONGDATEFORMAT 0x0004 // use the long date format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_SHORTDATECENTURYFORMAT 0x000C// short date format with century (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_TIMEFORMAT 0x0009 // use the time format (app must forward WM_WININICHANGE messages)
#define DTS_APPCANPARSE 0x0010 // allow user entered strings (app MUST respond to DTN_USERSTRING)
#define DTS_RIGHTALIGN 0x0020 // right-align popup instead of left-align it
// end_r_commctrl
#define DTN_DATETIMECHANGE (DTN_FIRST2 - 6) // the systemtime has changed, -759
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMECHANGE
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// valid iff dwFlags==GDT_VALID
}
NMDATETIMECHANGE
, *
LPNMDATETIMECHANGE
;
#define DTN_USERSTRINGA (DTN_FIRST2 - 5) // the user has entered a string, -758
#define DTN_USERSTRINGW (DTN_FIRST - 5) // -745
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMESTRINGA
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
LPCSTR
pszUserString
;
// string user entered
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// app fills this in
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
}
NMDATETIMESTRINGA
, *
LPNMDATETIMESTRINGA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMESTRINGW
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
LPCWSTR
pszUserString
;
// string user entered
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// app fills this in
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// GDT_VALID or GDT_NONE
}
NMDATETIMESTRINGW
, *
LPNMDATETIMESTRINGW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_USERSTRING DTN_USERSTRINGW
#define NMDATETIMESTRING NMDATETIMESTRINGW
#define LPNMDATETIMESTRING LPNMDATETIMESTRINGW
#else
#define DTN_USERSTRING DTN_USERSTRINGA
#define NMDATETIMESTRING NMDATETIMESTRINGA
#define LPNMDATETIMESTRING LPNMDATETIMESTRINGA #endif
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWNA (DTN_FIRST2 - 4) // modify keydown on app format field (X), , -757
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWNW (DTN_FIRST - 4) // -744
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
int
nVirtKey
;
// virtual key code of WM_KEYDOWN which MODIFIES an X field
LPCSTR
pszFormat
;
// format substring
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// current systemtime, app should modify based on key
}
NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
, *
LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
int
nVirtKey
;
// virtual key code of WM_KEYDOWN which MODIFIES an X field
LPCWSTR
pszFormat
;
// format substring
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// current systemtime, app should modify based on key
}
NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
, *
LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWN DTN_WMKEYDOWNW
#define NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
#define LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNW
#else
#define DTN_WMKEYDOWN DTN_WMKEYDOWNA
#define NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN NMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA
#define LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWN LPNMDATETIMEWMKEYDOWNA #endif
#define DTN_FORMATA (DTN_FIRST2 - 3) // query display for app format field (X), -756
#define DTN_FORMATW (DTN_FIRST - 3) // -743
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMEFORMATA
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
LPCSTR
pszFormat
;
// format substring
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// current systemtime
LPCSTR
pszDisplay
;
// string to display
CHAR
szDisplay
[
64
];
// buffer pszDisplay originally points at
}
NMDATETIMEFORMATA
, *
LPNMDATETIMEFORMATA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMEFORMATW
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
LPCWSTR
pszFormat
;
// format substring
SYSTEMTIME
st
;
// current systemtime
LPCWSTR
pszDisplay
;
// string to display
WCHAR
szDisplay
[
64
];
// buffer pszDisplay originally points at
}
NMDATETIMEFORMATW
, *
LPNMDATETIMEFORMATW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_FORMAT DTN_FORMATW
#define NMDATETIMEFORMAT NMDATETIMEFORMATW
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMAT LPNMDATETIMEFORMATW
#else
#define DTN_FORMAT DTN_FORMATA
#define NMDATETIMEFORMAT NMDATETIMEFORMATA
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMAT LPNMDATETIMEFORMATA #endif
#define DTN_FORMATQUERYA (DTN_FIRST2 - 2) // query formatting info for app format field (X), -755
#define DTN_FORMATQUERYW (DTN_FIRST - 2) // -742
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
LPCSTR
pszFormat
;
// format substring
SIZE
szMax
;
// max bounding rectangle app will use for this format string
}
NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
, *
LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
;
typedef
struct
tagNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
{
NMHDR
nmhdr
;
LPCWSTR
pszFormat
;
// format substring
SIZE
szMax
;
// max bounding rectangle app will use for this format string
}
NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
, *
LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
;
#ifdef UNICODE
#define DTN_FORMATQUERY DTN_FORMATQUERYW
#define NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYW
#else
#define DTN_FORMATQUERY DTN_FORMATQUERYA
#define NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY NMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA
#define LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERY LPNMDATETIMEFORMATQUERYA #endif
#define DTN_DROPDOWN (DTN_FIRST2 - 1) // MonthCal has dropped down, -754
#define DTN_CLOSEUP (DTN_FIRST2) // MonthCal is popping up, -753
#define GDTR_MIN 0x0001
#define GDTR_MAX 0x0002
#define GDT_ERROR -1
#define GDT_VALID 0
#define GDT_NONE 1
#endif // _WIN32 #endif // NODATETIMEPICK
#ifndef NOIPADDRESS
///////////////////////////////////////////////
// IP Address edit control
// Messages sent to IPAddress controls
#define IPM_CLEARADDRESS (WM_USER+100) // no parameters
#define IPM_SETADDRESS (WM_USER+101) // lparam = TCP/IP address
#define IPM_GETADDRESS (WM_USER+102) // lresult = # of non black fields. lparam = LPDWORD for TCP/IP address
#define IPM_SETRANGE (WM_USER+103) // wparam = field, lparam = range
#define IPM_SETFOCUS (WM_USER+104) // wparam = field
#define IPM_ISBLANK (WM_USER+105) // no parameters
#define WC_IPADDRESSW L"SysIPAddress32"
#define WC_IPADDRESSA "SysIPAddress32"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_IPADDRESS WC_IPADDRESSW
#else
#define WC_IPADDRESS WC_IPADDRESSA #endif
#define IPN_FIELDCHANGED (IPN_FIRST - 0)
typedef
struct
tagNMIPADDRESS
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
iField
;
int
iValue
; }
NMIPADDRESS
, *
LPNMIPADDRESS
;
// The following is a useful macro for passing the range values in the
// IPM_SETRANGE message.
#define MAKEIPRANGE(low, high) ((LPARAM)(WORD)(((BYTE)(high) << 8) + (BYTE)(low)))
// And this is a useful macro for making the IP Address to be passed
// as a LPARAM.
#define MAKEIPADDRESS(b1,b2,b3,b4) ((LPARAM)(((DWORD)(b1)<<24)+((DWORD)(b2)<<16)+((DWORD)(b3)<<8)+((DWORD)(b4))))
// Get individual number
#define FIRST_IPADDRESS(x) (((x) >> 24) & 0xff)
#define SECOND_IPADDRESS(x) (((x) >> 16) & 0xff)
#define THIRD_IPADDRESS(x) (((x) >> 8) & 0xff)
#define FOURTH_IPADDRESS(x) ((x) & 0xff)
#endif // NOIPADDRESS
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// ====================== Pager Control =============================
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#ifndef NOPAGESCROLLER
//Pager Class Name
#define WC_PAGESCROLLERW L"SysPager"
#define WC_PAGESCROLLERA "SysPager"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_PAGESCROLLER WC_PAGESCROLLERW
#else
#define WC_PAGESCROLLER WC_PAGESCROLLERA #endif
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Control Styles
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// begin_r_commctrl
#define PGS_VERT 0x00000000
#define PGS_HORZ 0x00000001
#define PGS_AUTOSCROLL 0x00000002
#define PGS_DRAGNDROP 0x00000004
// end_r_commctrl
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Button State
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//The scroll can be in one of the following control State
#define PGF_INVISIBLE 0 // Scroll button is not visible
#define PGF_NORMAL 1 // Scroll button is in normal state
#define PGF_GRAYED 2 // Scroll button is in grayed state
#define PGF_DEPRESSED 4 // Scroll button is in depressed state
#define PGF_HOT 8 // Scroll button is in hot state
// The following identifiers specifies the button control
#define PGB_TOPORLEFT 0
#define PGB_BOTTOMORRIGHT 1
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// Pager Control Messages
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
#define PGM_SETCHILD (PGM_FIRST + 1) // lParam == hwnd
#define Pager_SetChild(hwnd, hwndChild) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETCHILD, 0, (LPARAM)(hwndChild))
#define PGM_RECALCSIZE (PGM_FIRST + 2)
#define Pager_RecalcSize(hwnd) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_RECALCSIZE, 0, 0)
#define PGM_FORWARDMOUSE (PGM_FIRST + 3)
#define Pager_ForwardMouse(hwnd, bForward) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_FORWARDMOUSE, (WPARAM)(bForward), 0)
#define PGM_SETBKCOLOR (PGM_FIRST + 4)
#define Pager_SetBkColor(hwnd, clr) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBKCOLOR, 0, (LPARAM)(clr))
#define PGM_GETBKCOLOR (PGM_FIRST + 5)
#define Pager_GetBkColor(hwnd) \
(COLORREF)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBKCOLOR, 0, 0)
#define PGM_SETBORDER (PGM_FIRST + 6)
#define Pager_SetBorder(hwnd, iBorder) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBORDER, 0, (LPARAM)(iBorder))
#define PGM_GETBORDER (PGM_FIRST + 7)
#define Pager_GetBorder(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBORDER, 0, 0)
#define PGM_SETPOS (PGM_FIRST + 8)
#define Pager_SetPos(hwnd, iPos) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETPOS, 0, (LPARAM)(iPos))
#define PGM_GETPOS (PGM_FIRST + 9)
#define Pager_GetPos(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETPOS, 0, 0)
#define PGM_SETBUTTONSIZE (PGM_FIRST + 10)
#define Pager_SetButtonSize(hwnd, iSize) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETBUTTONSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(iSize))
#define PGM_GETBUTTONSIZE (PGM_FIRST + 11)
#define Pager_GetButtonSize(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBUTTONSIZE, 0,0)
#define PGM_GETBUTTONSTATE (PGM_FIRST + 12)
#define Pager_GetButtonState(hwnd, iButton) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETBUTTONSTATE, 0, (LPARAM)(iButton))
#define PGM_GETDROPTARGET CCM_GETDROPTARGET
#define Pager_GetDropTarget(hwnd, ppdt) \
(void)SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_GETDROPTARGET, 0, (LPARAM)(ppdt))
#define PGM_SETSCROLLINFO (PGM_FIRST + 13)
#define Pager_SetScrollInfo(hwnd, cTimeOut, cLinesPer, cPixelsPerLine) \
(void) SNDMSG((hwnd), PGM_SETSCROLLINFO, cTimeOut, MAKELONG(cLinesPer, cPixelsPerLine))
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
//Pager Control Notification Messages
//---------------------------------------------------------------------------------------
// PGN_SCROLL Notification Message
#define PGN_SCROLL (PGN_FIRST-1)
#define PGF_SCROLLUP 1
#define PGF_SCROLLDOWN 2
#define PGF_SCROLLLEFT 4
#define PGF_SCROLLRIGHT 8
//Keys down
#define PGK_SHIFT 1
#define PGK_CONTROL 2
#define PGK_MENU 4
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <pshpack1.h> #endif
// This structure is sent along with PGN_SCROLL notifications
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
WORD
fwKeys
;
// Specifies which keys are down when this notification is send
RECT
rcParent
;
// Contains Parent Window Rect
int
iDir
;
// Scrolling Direction
int
iXpos
;
// Horizontal scroll position
int
iYpos
;
// Vertical scroll position
int
iScroll
;
// [in/out] Amount to scroll
}
NMPGSCROLL
, *
LPNMPGSCROLL
;
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <poppack.h> #endif
// PGN_CALCSIZE Notification Message
#define PGN_CALCSIZE (PGN_FIRST-2)
#define PGF_CALCWIDTH 1
#define PGF_CALCHEIGHT 2
typedef
struct
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwFlag
;
int
iWidth
;
int
iHeight
; }
NMPGCALCSIZE
, *
LPNMPGCALCSIZE
;
// PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE Notification Message
#define PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE (PGN_FIRST-3)
/* The PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification uses these notification flags defined in TOOLBAR: #define HICF_ENTERING 0x00000010 // idOld is invalid #define HICF_LEAVING 0x00000020 // idNew is invalid */
// Structure for PGN_HOTITEMCHANGE notification
//
typedef
struct
tagNMPGHOTITEM
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
int
idOld
;
int
idNew
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// HICF_*
}
NMPGHOTITEM
, *
LPNMPGHOTITEM
;
#endif // NOPAGESCROLLER
////====================== End Pager Control ==========================================
//
// === Native Font Control ===
//
#ifndef NONATIVEFONTCTL
//NativeFont Class Name
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTLW L"NativeFontCtl"
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTLA "NativeFontCtl"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTL WC_NATIVEFONTCTLW
#else
#define WC_NATIVEFONTCTL WC_NATIVEFONTCTLA #endif
// begin_r_commctrl
// style definition
#define NFS_EDIT 0x0001
#define NFS_STATIC 0x0002
#define NFS_LISTCOMBO 0x0004
#define NFS_BUTTON 0x0008
#define NFS_ALL 0x0010
#define NFS_USEFONTASSOC 0x0020
// end_r_commctrl
#endif // NONATIVEFONTCTL
// === End Native Font Control ===
// ====================== Button Control =============================
#ifndef NOBUTTON
#ifdef _WIN32
// Button Class Name
#define WC_BUTTONA "Button"
#define WC_BUTTONW L"Button"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_BUTTON WC_BUTTONW
#else
#define WC_BUTTON WC_BUTTONA #endif
#else
#define WC_BUTTON "Button" #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_LEFT 0
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_RIGHT 1
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_TOP 2
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_BOTTOM 3
#define BUTTON_IMAGELIST_ALIGN_CENTER 4 // Doesn't draw text
typedef
struct
{
HIMAGELIST
himl
;
// Images: Normal, Hot, Pushed, Disabled. If count is less than 4, we use index 1
RECT
margin
;
// Margin around icon.
UINT
uAlign
; }
BUTTON_IMAGELIST
, *
PBUTTON_IMAGELIST
;
#define BCM_GETIDEALSIZE (BCM_FIRST + 0x0001)
#define Button_GetIdealSize(hwnd, psize)\
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETIDEALSIZE, 0, (LPARAM)(psize))
#define BCM_SETIMAGELIST (BCM_FIRST + 0x0002)
#define Button_SetImageList(hwnd, pbuttonImagelist)\
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(pbuttonImagelist))
#define BCM_GETIMAGELIST (BCM_FIRST + 0x0003)
#define Button_GetImageList(hwnd, pbuttonImagelist)\
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETIMAGELIST, 0, (LPARAM)(pbuttonImagelist))
#define BCM_SETTEXTMARGIN (BCM_FIRST + 0x0004)
#define Button_SetTextMargin(hwnd, pmargin)\
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETTEXTMARGIN, 0, (LPARAM)(pmargin))
#define BCM_GETTEXTMARGIN (BCM_FIRST + 0x0005)
#define Button_GetTextMargin(hwnd, pmargin)\
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETTEXTMARGIN, 0, (LPARAM)(pmargin))
typedef
struct
tagNMBCHOTITEM
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
DWORD
dwFlags
;
// HICF_*
}
NMBCHOTITEM
, *
LPNMBCHOTITEM
;
#define BCN_HOTITEMCHANGE (BCN_FIRST + 0x0001)
#define BST_HOT 0x0200
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// BUTTON STATE FLAGS
#define BST_DROPDOWNPUSHED 0x0400
// begin_r_commctrl
// BUTTON STYLES
#define BS_SPLITBUTTON 0x0000000CL
#define BS_DEFSPLITBUTTON 0x0000000DL
#define BS_COMMANDLINK 0x0000000EL
#define BS_DEFCOMMANDLINK 0x0000000FL
// SPLIT BUTTON INFO mask flags
#define BCSIF_GLYPH 0x0001
#define BCSIF_IMAGE 0x0002
#define BCSIF_STYLE 0x0004
#define BCSIF_SIZE 0x0008
// SPLIT BUTTON STYLE flags
#define BCSS_NOSPLIT 0x0001
#define BCSS_STRETCH 0x0002
#define BCSS_ALIGNLEFT 0x0004
#define BCSS_IMAGE 0x0008
// end_r_commctrl
// BUTTON STRUCTURES
typedef
struct
tagBUTTON_SPLITINFO
{
UINT
mask
;
HIMAGELIST
himlGlyph
;
// interpreted as WCHAR if BCSIF_GLYPH is set
UINT
uSplitStyle
;
SIZE
size
; }
BUTTON_SPLITINFO
, *
PBUTTON_SPLITINFO
;
// BUTTON MESSAGES
#define BCM_SETDROPDOWNSTATE (BCM_FIRST + 0x0006)
#define Button_SetDropDownState(hwnd, fDropDown) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETDROPDOWNSTATE, (WPARAM)(fDropDown), 0)
#define BCM_SETSPLITINFO (BCM_FIRST + 0x0007)
#define Button_SetSplitInfo(hwnd, pInfo) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETSPLITINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pInfo))
#define BCM_GETSPLITINFO (BCM_FIRST + 0x0008)
#define Button_GetSplitInfo(hwnd, pInfo) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETSPLITINFO, 0, (LPARAM)(pInfo))
#define BCM_SETNOTE (BCM_FIRST + 0x0009)
#define Button_SetNote(hwnd, psz) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETNOTE, 0, (LPARAM)(psz))
#define BCM_GETNOTE (BCM_FIRST + 0x000A)
#define Button_GetNote(hwnd, psz, pcc) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETNOTE, (WPARAM)pcc, (LPARAM)psz)
#define BCM_GETNOTELENGTH (BCM_FIRST + 0x000B)
#define Button_GetNoteLength(hwnd) \
(LRESULT)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_GETNOTELENGTH, 0, 0)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// Macro to use on a button or command link to display an elevated icon
#define BCM_SETSHIELD (BCM_FIRST + 0x000C)
#define Button_SetElevationRequiredState(hwnd, fRequired) \
(LRESULT)SNDMSG((hwnd), BCM_SETSHIELD, 0, (LPARAM)fRequired) #endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
// Value to pass to BCM_SETIMAGELIST to indicate that no glyph should be
// displayed
#define BCCL_NOGLYPH (HIMAGELIST)(-1)
// NOTIFICATION MESSAGES
typedef
struct
tagNMBCDROPDOWN
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
RECT
rcButton
; }
NMBCDROPDOWN
, *
LPNMBCDROPDOWN
;
#define BCN_DROPDOWN (BCN_FIRST + 0x0002)
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#endif // NOBUTTON
// ===================== End Button Control =========================
// ====================== Static Control =============================
#ifndef NOSTATIC
#ifdef _WIN32
// Static Class Name
#define WC_STATICA "Static"
#define WC_STATICW L"Static"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_STATIC WC_STATICW
#else
#define WC_STATIC WC_STATICA #endif
#else
#define WC_STATIC "Static" #endif
#endif // NOSTATIC
// ===================== End Static Control =========================
// ====================== Edit Control =============================
#ifndef NOEDIT
#ifdef _WIN32
// Edit Class Name
#define WC_EDITA "Edit"
#define WC_EDITW L"Edit"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_EDIT WC_EDITW
#else
#define WC_EDIT WC_EDITA #endif
#else
#define WC_EDIT "Edit" #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN10_RS5)
// Edit Control Extended Styles to use with EM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE/EM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE
#define ES_EX_ALLOWEOL_CR 0x0001L
#define ES_EX_ALLOWEOL_LF 0x0002L
#define ES_EX_ALLOWEOL_ALL (ES_EX_ALLOWEOL_CR | ES_EX_ALLOWEOL_LF)
#define ES_EX_CONVERT_EOL_ON_PASTE 0x0004L
#define ES_EX_ZOOMABLE 0x0010L #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#define EM_SETCUEBANNER (ECM_FIRST + 1) // Set the cue banner with the lParm = LPCWSTR
#define Edit_SetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpcwText) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SETCUEBANNER, 0, (LPARAM)(lpcwText))
#define Edit_SetCueBannerTextFocused(hwnd, lpcwText, fDrawFocused) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)fDrawFocused, (LPARAM)lpcwText)
#define EM_GETCUEBANNER (ECM_FIRST + 2) // Set the cue banner with the lParm = LPCWSTR
#define Edit_GetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpwText, cchText) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_GETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)(lpwText), (LPARAM)(cchText))
typedef
struct
_tagEDITBALLOONTIP
{
DWORD
cbStruct
;
LPCWSTR
pszTitle
;
LPCWSTR
pszText
;
INT
ttiIcon
;
// From TTI_*
}
EDITBALLOONTIP
, *
PEDITBALLOONTIP
;
#define EM_SHOWBALLOONTIP (ECM_FIRST + 3) // Show a balloon tip associated to the edit control
#define Edit_ShowBalloonTip(hwnd, peditballoontip) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_SHOWBALLOONTIP, 0, (LPARAM)(peditballoontip))
#define EM_HIDEBALLOONTIP (ECM_FIRST + 4) // Hide any balloon tip associated with the edit control
#define Edit_HideBalloonTip(hwnd) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), EM_HIDEBALLOONTIP, 0, 0) #endif
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#define EM_SETHILITE (ECM_FIRST + 5)
#define Edit_SetHilite(hwndCtl, ichStart, ichEnd) ((void)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETHILITE, (ichStart), (ichEnd)))
#define EM_GETHILITE (ECM_FIRST + 6)
#define Edit_GetHilite(hwndCtl) ((DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETHILITE, 0L, 0L))
#endif
#define EM_NOSETFOCUS (ECM_FIRST + 7)
#define Edit_NoSetFocus(hwndCtl) ((DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_NOSETFOCUS, 0L, 0L))
#define EM_TAKEFOCUS (ECM_FIRST + 8)
#define Edit_TakeFocus(hwndCtl) ((DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_TAKEFOCUS, 0L, 0L))
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN10_RS5)
// EM_SETENDOFLINE/EM_GETENDOFLINE options
typedef
enum
EC_ENDOFLINE
{
EC_ENDOFLINE_DETECTFROMCONTENT
=
0
,
EC_ENDOFLINE_CRLF
=
1
,
EC_ENDOFLINE_CR
=
2
,
EC_ENDOFLINE_LF
=
3
, }
EC_ENDOFLINE
;
#define EM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE (ECM_FIRST + 10)
#define Edit_SetExtendedStyle(hwndCtl, dw, dwMask) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETEXTENDEDSTYLE, (dwMask), (dw))
#define EM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE (ECM_FIRST + 11)
#define Edit_GetExtendedStyle(hwndCtl) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETEXTENDEDSTYLE, 0, 0)
#define EM_SETENDOFLINE (ECM_FIRST + 12)
#define Edit_SetEndOfLine(hwndCtl, eolType) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETENDOFLINE, (eolType), 0)
#define EM_GETENDOFLINE (ECM_FIRST + 13)
#define Edit_GetEndOfLine(hwndCtl) \
(EC_ENDOFLINE)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETENDOFLINE, 0, 0)
#define EM_ENABLESEARCHWEB (ECM_FIRST + 14)
#define Edit_EnableSearchWeb(hwndCtl, enable) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_ENABLESEARCHWEB, (WPARAM)(enable), 0)
#define EM_SEARCHWEB (ECM_FIRST + 15)
#define Edit_SearchWeb(hwndCtl) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SEARCHWEB, 0, 0)
// Form codes are internal-only so keep the api internal
#define EM_SETCARETINDEX (ECM_FIRST + 17)
#define Edit_SetCaretIndex(hwndCtl, newCaretPosition) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETCARETINDEX, (WPARAM)(newCaretIndex), 0)
#define EM_GETCARETINDEX (ECM_FIRST + 18)
#define Edit_GetCaretIndex(hwndCtl) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETCARETINDEX, 0, 0)
// We want to reuse the same messages as richedit.h
// which is why these are outside of the ECM_FIRST-ECM_LAST range.
#define EM_GETZOOM (WM_USER + 224)
#define Edit_GetZoom(hwndCtl, numerator, denominator) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETZOOM, (WPARAM)(numerator), (LPARAM)(denominator))
#define EM_SETZOOM (WM_USER + 225)
#define Edit_SetZoom(hwndCtl, numerator, denominator) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_SETZOOM, (WPARAM)(numerator), (LPARAM)(denominator))
#define EM_FILELINEFROMCHAR (ECM_FIRST + 19)
#define Edit_GetFileLineFromChar(hwndCtl, characterIndex) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_FILELINEFROMCHAR, (WPARAM)(characterIndex), 0)
#define EM_FILELINEINDEX (ECM_FIRST + 20)
#define Edit_GetFileLineIndex(hwndCtl, lineNumber) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_FILELINEINDEX, (WPARAM)(lineNumber), 0)
#define EM_FILELINELENGTH (ECM_FIRST + 21)
#define Edit_GetFileLineLength(hwndCtl, characterIndex) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_FILELINELENGTH, (WPARAM)(characterIndex), 0)
#define EM_GETFILELINE (ECM_FIRST + 22)
#define Edit_GetFileLine(hwndCtl, lineNumber, textBuffer) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETFILELINE, (WPARAM)(lineNumber), (LPARAM)(textBuffer))
#define EM_GETFILELINECOUNT (ECM_FIRST + 23)
#define Edit_GetFileLineCount(hwndCtl) \
(DWORD)SNDMSG((hwndCtl), EM_GETFILELINECOUNT, 0, 0)
#define EN_SEARCHWEB (EN_FIRST - 0)
typedef
enum
EC_SEARCHWEB_ENTRYPOINT
{
EC_SEARCHWEB_ENTRYPOINT_EXTERNAL
=
0
,
EC_SEARCHWEB_ENTRYPOINT_CONTEXTMENU
=
1
, }
EC_SEARCHWEB_ENTRYPOINT
;
typedef
struct
NMSEARCHWEB
{
NMHDR
hdr
;
EC_SEARCHWEB_ENTRYPOINT
entrypoint
;
BOOL
hasQueryText
;
BOOL
invokeSucceeded
; }
NMSEARCHWEB
;
#endif
#endif // NOEDIT
// ===================== End Edit Control =========================
// ====================== Listbox Control =============================
#ifndef NOLISTBOX
#ifdef _WIN32
// Listbox Class Name
#define WC_LISTBOXA "ListBox"
#define WC_LISTBOXW L"ListBox"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_LISTBOX WC_LISTBOXW
#else
#define WC_LISTBOX WC_LISTBOXA #endif
#else
#define WC_LISTBOX "ListBox" #endif
#endif // NOLISTBOX
// ===================== End Listbox Control =========================
// ====================== Combobox Control =============================
#ifndef NOCOMBOBOX
#ifdef _WIN32
// Combobox Class Name
#define WC_COMBOBOXA "ComboBox"
#define WC_COMBOBOXW L"ComboBox"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_COMBOBOX WC_COMBOBOXW
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOX WC_COMBOBOXA #endif
#else
#define WC_COMBOBOX "ComboBox" #endif
#endif // NOCOMBOBOX
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
// custom combobox control messages
#define CB_SETMINVISIBLE (CBM_FIRST + 1)
#define CB_GETMINVISIBLE (CBM_FIRST + 2)
#define CB_SETCUEBANNER (CBM_FIRST + 3)
#define CB_GETCUEBANNER (CBM_FIRST + 4)
#define ComboBox_SetMinVisible(hwnd, iMinVisible) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_SETMINVISIBLE, (WPARAM)(iMinVisible), 0)
#define ComboBox_GetMinVisible(hwnd) \
(int)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_GETMINVISIBLE, 0, 0)
#define ComboBox_SetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpcwText) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_SETCUEBANNER, 0, (LPARAM)(lpcwText))
#define ComboBox_GetCueBannerText(hwnd, lpwText, cchText) \
(BOOL)SNDMSG((hwnd), CB_GETCUEBANNER, (WPARAM)(lpwText), (LPARAM)(cchText))
#endif
// ===================== End Combobox Control =========================
// ====================== Scrollbar Control ============================
#ifndef NOSCROLLBAR
#ifdef _WIN32
// Scrollbar Class Name
#define WC_SCROLLBARA "ScrollBar"
#define WC_SCROLLBARW L"ScrollBar"
#ifdef UNICODE
#define WC_SCROLLBAR WC_SCROLLBARW
#else
#define WC_SCROLLBAR WC_SCROLLBARA #endif
#else
#define WC_SCROLLBAR "ScrollBar" #endif
#endif // NOSCROLLBAR
// ===================== End Scrollbar Control =========================
// ===================== Task Dialog =========================
#ifndef NOTASKDIALOG
// Task Dialog is only available starting Windows Vista
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <pshpack1.h> #endif
enum
_TASKDIALOG_FLAGS
{ =
0x0001
,
TDF_USE_HICON_MAIN
=
0x0002
, =
0x0004
,
TDF_ALLOW_DIALOG_CANCELLATION
=
0x0008
, =
0x0010
, =
0x0020
, =
0x0040
,
TDF_EXPANDED_BY_DEFAULT
=
0x0080
,
TDF_VERIFICATION_FLAG_CHECKED
=
0x0100
,
TDF_SHOW_PROGRESS_BAR
=
0x0200
,
TDF_SHOW_MARQUEE_PROGRESS_BAR
=
0x0400
,
TDF_CALLBACK_TIMER
=
0x0800
,
TDF_POSITION_RELATIVE_TO_WINDOW
=
0x1000
,
TDF_RTL_LAYOUT
=
0x2000
,
TDF_NO_DEFAULT_RADIO_BUTTON
=
0x4000
,
TDF_CAN_BE_MINIMIZED
=
0x8000
,
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8)
TDF_NO_SET_FOREGROUND
=
0x00010000
,
// Don't call SetForegroundWindow() when activating the dialog
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WIN8)
TDF_SIZE_TO_CONTENT
=
0x01000000
// used by ShellMessageBox to emulate MessageBox sizing behavior
};
typedef
int
TASKDIALOG_FLAGS
;
// Note: _TASKDIALOG_FLAGS is an int
typedef
enum
_TASKDIALOG_MESSAGES
{ }
TASKDIALOG_MESSAGES
;
typedef
enum
_TASKDIALOG_NOTIFICATIONS
{
TDN_CREATED
=
0
,
TDN_NAVIGATED
=
1
,
TDN_BUTTON_CLICKED
=
2
,
// wParam = Button ID
=
3
,
// lParam = (LPCWSTR)pszHREF
TDN_TIMER
=
4
,
// wParam = Milliseconds since dialog created or timer reset
TDN_DESTROYED
=
5
,
TDN_RADIO_BUTTON_CLICKED
=
6
,
// wParam = Radio Button ID
TDN_DIALOG_CONSTRUCTED
=
7
,
TDN_VERIFICATION_CLICKED
=
8
,
// wParam = 1 if checkbox checked, 0 if not, lParam is unused and always 0
TDN_HELP
=
9
,
TDN_EXPANDO_BUTTON_CLICKED
=
10
// wParam = 0 (dialog is now collapsed), wParam != 0 (dialog is now expanded)
}
TASKDIALOG_NOTIFICATIONS
;
typedef
struct
_TASKDIALOG_BUTTON
{
int
nButtonID
;
PCWSTR
pszButtonText
; }
TASKDIALOG_BUTTON
;
typedef
enum
_TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS
{
TDE_CONTENT
,
TDE_EXPANDED_INFORMATION
, ,
TDE_MAIN_INSTRUCTION
}
TASKDIALOG_ELEMENTS
;
typedef
enum
_TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS
{
TDIE_ICON_MAIN
, }
TASKDIALOG_ICON_ELEMENTS
;
#define TD_WARNING_ICON MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-1)
#define TD_ERROR_ICON MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-2)
#define TD_INFORMATION_ICON MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-3)
#define TD_SHIELD_ICON MAKEINTRESOURCEW(-4)
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
enum
_TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS
{
TDCBF_OK_BUTTON
=
0x0001
,
// selected control return value IDOK
TDCBF_YES_BUTTON
=
0x0002
,
// selected control return value IDYES
TDCBF_NO_BUTTON
=
0x0004
,
// selected control return value IDNO
TDCBF_CANCEL_BUTTON
=
0x0008
,
// selected control return value IDCANCEL
TDCBF_RETRY_BUTTON
=
0x0010
,
// selected control return value IDRETRY
TDCBF_CLOSE_BUTTON
=
0x0020
// selected control return value IDCLOSE
};
typedef
int
TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS
;
// Note: _TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS is an int
typedef
struct
_TASKDIALOGCONFIG
{
UINT
cbSize
;
HWND
hwndParent
;
// incorrectly named, this is the owner window, not a parent.
HINSTANCE
hInstance
;
// used for MAKEINTRESOURCE() strings
TASKDIALOG_FLAGS
dwFlags
;
// TASKDIALOG_FLAGS (TDF_XXX) flags
TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON_FLAGS
dwCommonButtons
;
// TASKDIALOG_COMMON_BUTTON (TDCBF_XXX) flags
PCWSTR
pszWindowTitle
;
// string or MAKEINTRESOURCE()
union
{
HICON
hMainIcon
;
PCWSTR
pszMainIcon
;
PCWSTR
pszMainInstruction
;
PCWSTR
pszContent
;
UINT
cButtons
;
const
TASKDIALOG_BUTTON
*
pButtons
;
int
nDefaultButton
;
UINT
cRadioButtons
;
const
TASKDIALOG_BUTTON
*
pRadioButtons
;
int
nDefaultRadioButton
;
PCWSTR
pszVerificationText
;
PCWSTR
pszExpandedInformation
;
PCWSTR
pszExpandedControlText
;
PCWSTR
pszCollapsedControlText
;
union
{
HICON
hFooterIcon
;
PCWSTR
pszFooterIcon
;
PCWSTR
pszFooter
;
PFTASKDIALOGCALLBACK
pfCallback
;
LONG_PTR
lpCallbackData
;
UINT
cxWidth
;
// width of the Task Dialog's client area in DLU's. If 0, Task Dialog will calculate the ideal width.
}
TASKDIALOGCONFIG
;
#ifdef _WIN32 #include <poppack.h> #endif
#endif // (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA) #endif // NOTASKDIALOG
// ==================== End TaskDialog =======================
//
// === MUI APIs ===
//
#ifndef NOMUI
#include <dpa_dsa.h>
#ifdef _WIN32
//====== TrackMouseEvent =====================================================
#ifndef NOTRACKMOUSEEVENT
//
// If the messages for TrackMouseEvent have not been defined then define them
// now.
//
#ifndef WM_MOUSEHOVER
#define WM_MOUSEHOVER 0x02A1
#define WM_MOUSELEAVE 0x02A3
#endif
//
// If the TRACKMOUSEEVENT structure and associated flags havent been declared
// then declare them now.
//
#ifndef TME_HOVER
#define TME_HOVER 0x00000001
#define TME_LEAVE 0x00000002
#if (WINVER >= 0x0500)
#define TME_NONCLIENT 0x00000010
#endif /* WINVER >= 0x0500 */
#define TME_QUERY 0x40000000
#define TME_CANCEL 0x80000000
#define HOVER_DEFAULT 0xFFFFFFFF
typedef struct tagTRACKMOUSEEVENT {
DWORD cbSize;
DWORD dwFlags;
HWND hwndTrack;
DWORD dwHoverTime;
} TRACKMOUSEEVENT, *LPTRACKMOUSEEVENT;
#endif // !TME_HOVER
//
// Declare _TrackMouseEvent. This API tries to use the window manager's
// implementation of TrackMouseEvent if it is present, otherwise it emulates.
//
BOOL
_TrackMouseEvent
(
#endif // !NOTRACKMOUSEEVENT
//====== Flat Scrollbar APIs=========================================
#ifndef NOFLATSBAPIS
#define WSB_PROP_CYVSCROLL 0x00000001L
#define WSB_PROP_CXHSCROLL 0x00000002L
#define WSB_PROP_CYHSCROLL 0x00000004L
#define WSB_PROP_CXVSCROLL 0x00000008L
#define WSB_PROP_CXHTHUMB 0x00000010L
#define WSB_PROP_CYVTHUMB 0x00000020L
#define WSB_PROP_VBKGCOLOR 0x00000040L
#define WSB_PROP_HBKGCOLOR 0x00000080L
#define WSB_PROP_VSTYLE 0x00000100L
#define WSB_PROP_HSTYLE 0x00000200L
#define WSB_PROP_WINSTYLE 0x00000400L
#define WSB_PROP_PALETTE 0x00000800L
#define WSB_PROP_MASK 0x00000FFFL
#define FSB_FLAT_MODE 2
#define FSB_ENCARTA_MODE 1
#define FSB_REGULAR_MODE 0
#ifdef _WIN64
WINCOMMCTRLAPI BOOL WINAPI FlatSB_GetScrollPropPtr(HWND, int propIndex, PINT_PTR);
#else
#define FlatSB_GetScrollPropPtr FlatSB_GetScrollProp #endif
#define FlatSB_SetScrollPropPtr FlatSB_SetScrollProp
#endif // NOFLATSBAPIS
#endif /* _WIN32 */
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
//
// subclassing stuff
//
LPARAM
lParam,
UINT_PTR
uIdSubclass,
DWORD_PTR
dwRefData);
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_VISTA)
enum
_LI_METRIC
{
LIM_SMALL
,
// corresponds to SM_CXSMICON/SM_CYSMICON
LIM_LARGE
,
// corresponds to SM_CXICON/SM_CYICON
};
#endif // NTDDI_VISTA
#if (NTDDI_VERSION >= NTDDI_WINXP)
#if !defined(RC_INVOKED) /* RC complains about long symbols in #ifs */
#if defined(ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED) && (ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED != 0)
#include "commctrl.inl" #endif /* ISOLATION_AWARE_ENABLED */ #endif /* RC */
#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif
#endif
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER >= 1200)
#pragma warning(pop)
#endif
#endif /* WINAPI_FAMILY_PARTITION(WINAPI_PARTITION_DESKTOP) */
#pragma endregion
#endif /* _INC_COMMCTRL */